Print this page
6659 nvlist_free(NULL) is a no-op
| Split |
Close |
| Expand all |
| Collapse all |
--- old/usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa.c
+++ new/usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa.c
1 1 /*
2 2 * CDDL HEADER START
3 3 *
4 4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5 5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6 6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7 7 *
8 8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9 9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10 10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11 11 * and limitations under the License.
12 12 *
13 13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14 14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15 15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16 16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17 17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18 18 *
19 19 * CDDL HEADER END
20 20 */
21 21
22 22 /*
23 23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24 24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25 25 * Copyright (c) 2015, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27 27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28 28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29 29 */
30 30
31 31 /*
32 32 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
33 33 *
34 34 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
35 35 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
36 36 * pool.
37 37 */
38 38
39 39 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
40 40 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
41 41 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
42 42 #include <sys/zio.h>
43 43 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
44 44 #include <sys/dmu.h>
45 45 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
46 46 #include <sys/zap.h>
47 47 #include <sys/zil.h>
48 48 #include <sys/ddt.h>
49 49 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
50 50 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
51 51 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
52 52 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
53 53 #include <sys/txg.h>
54 54 #include <sys/avl.h>
55 55 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
56 56 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
57 57 #include <sys/unique.h>
58 58 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
59 59 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
60 60 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
61 61 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
62 62 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
63 63 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
64 64 #include <sys/arc.h>
65 65 #include <sys/callb.h>
66 66 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
67 67 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
68 68 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
69 69 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
70 70 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
71 71 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
72 72
73 73 #ifdef _KERNEL
74 74 #include <sys/bootprops.h>
75 75 #include <sys/callb.h>
76 76 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
77 77 #include <sys/pool.h>
78 78 #include <sys/sysdc.h>
79 79 #include <sys/zone.h>
80 80 #endif /* _KERNEL */
81 81
82 82 #include "zfs_prop.h"
83 83 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
84 84
85 85 /*
86 86 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
87 87 * should be retried.
88 88 */
89 89 static int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300;
90 90
91 91 typedef enum zti_modes {
92 92 ZTI_MODE_FIXED, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
93 93 ZTI_MODE_BATCH, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
94 94 ZTI_MODE_NULL, /* don't create a taskq */
95 95 ZTI_NMODES
96 96 } zti_modes_t;
97 97
98 98 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
99 99 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
100 100 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
101 101
102 102 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
103 103 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
104 104
105 105 typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
106 106 zti_modes_t zti_mode;
107 107 uint_t zti_value;
108 108 uint_t zti_count;
109 109 } zio_taskq_info_t;
110 110
111 111 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
112 112 "issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high"
113 113 };
114 114
115 115 /*
116 116 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
117 117 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
118 118 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
119 119 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
120 120 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
121 121 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
122 122 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a
123 123 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
124 124 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
125 125 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
126 126 * particular taskq is chosen at random.
127 127 *
128 128 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
129 129 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
130 130 * need to be handled with minimum delay.
131 131 */
132 132 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
133 133 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
134 134 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
135 135 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL, ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
136 136 { ZTI_BATCH, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_N(8), ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
137 137 { ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
138 138 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
139 139 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
140 140 };
141 141
142 142 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
143 143 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
144 144 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
145 145 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t, nvlist_t *config,
146 146 spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
147 147 char **ereport);
148 148 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
149 149
150 150 uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
151 151 id_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
152 152 boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE; /* use SDC scheduling class */
153 153 uint_t zio_taskq_basedc = 80; /* base duty cycle */
154 154
155 155 boolean_t spa_create_process = B_TRUE; /* no process ==> no sysdc */
156 156 extern int zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free;
157 157
158 158 /*
159 159 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
160 160 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
161 161 */
162 162 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
163 163
164 164 /*
165 165 * ==========================================================================
166 166 * SPA properties routines
167 167 * ==========================================================================
168 168 */
169 169
170 170 /*
171 171 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
172 172 */
173 173 static void
174 174 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
175 175 uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
176 176 {
177 177 const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
178 178 nvlist_t *propval;
179 179
180 180 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
181 181 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0);
182 182
183 183 if (strval != NULL)
184 184 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0);
185 185 else
186 186 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0);
187 187
188 188 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0);
189 189 nvlist_free(propval);
190 190 }
191 191
192 192 /*
193 193 * Get property values from the spa configuration.
194 194 */
195 195 static void
196 196 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
197 197 {
198 198 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
199 199 dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
200 200 uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version;
201 201 zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
202 202 spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
203 203 metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
204 204
205 205 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
206 206
207 207 if (rvd != NULL) {
208 208 alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_normal_class(spa));
209 209 size = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
210 210 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
211 211 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
212 212 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
213 213 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
214 214 size - alloc, src);
215 215
216 216 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL,
217 217 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src);
218 218 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL,
219 219 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src);
220 220 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
221 221 (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src);
222 222
223 223 cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
224 224 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
225 225
226 226 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
227 227 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
228 228
229 229 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
230 230 rvd->vdev_state, src);
231 231
232 232 version = spa_version(spa);
233 233 if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION))
234 234 src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
235 235 else
236 236 src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
237 237 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src);
238 238 }
239 239
240 240 if (pool != NULL) {
241 241 /*
242 242 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
243 243 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
244 244 */
245 245 if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) {
246 246 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
247 247 dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
248 248 src);
249 249 } else {
250 250 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
251 251 NULL, 0, src);
252 252 }
253 253
254 254 if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) {
255 255 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL,
256 256 dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
257 257 src);
258 258 } else {
259 259 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED,
260 260 NULL, 0, src);
261 261 }
262 262 }
263 263
264 264 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
265 265
266 266 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
267 267 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
268 268 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
269 269 }
270 270
271 271 if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
272 272 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
273 273 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
274 274
275 275 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) {
276 276 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
277 277 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
278 278 } else {
279 279 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
280 280 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
281 281 }
282 282
283 283 if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
284 284 if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
285 285 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
286 286 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
287 287 } else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
288 288 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
289 289 dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
290 290 }
291 291 }
292 292 }
293 293
294 294 /*
295 295 * Get zpool property values.
296 296 */
297 297 int
298 298 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
299 299 {
300 300 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
301 301 zap_cursor_t zc;
302 302 zap_attribute_t za;
303 303 int err;
304 304
305 305 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
306 306
307 307 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
308 308
309 309 /*
310 310 * Get properties from the spa config.
311 311 */
312 312 spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
313 313
314 314 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
315 315 if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
316 316 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
317 317 return (0);
318 318 }
319 319
320 320 /*
321 321 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
322 322 */
323 323 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
324 324 (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
325 325 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
326 326 uint64_t intval = 0;
327 327 char *strval = NULL;
328 328 zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
329 329 zpool_prop_t prop;
330 330
331 331 if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPROP_INVAL)
332 332 continue;
333 333
334 334 switch (za.za_integer_length) {
335 335 case 8:
336 336 /* integer property */
337 337 if (za.za_first_integer !=
338 338 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
339 339 src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
340 340
341 341 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
342 342 dsl_pool_t *dp;
343 343 dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
344 344
345 345 dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
346 346 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
347 347 if (err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
348 348 za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds)) {
349 349 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
350 350 break;
351 351 }
352 352
353 353 strval = kmem_alloc(
354 354 MAXNAMELEN + strlen(MOS_DIR_NAME) + 1,
355 355 KM_SLEEP);
356 356 dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
357 357 dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
358 358 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
359 359 } else {
360 360 strval = NULL;
361 361 intval = za.za_first_integer;
362 362 }
363 363
364 364 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
365 365
366 366 if (strval != NULL)
367 367 kmem_free(strval,
368 368 MAXNAMELEN + strlen(MOS_DIR_NAME) + 1);
369 369
370 370 break;
371 371
372 372 case 1:
373 373 /* string property */
374 374 strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
375 375 err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
376 376 za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
377 377 if (err) {
378 378 kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
379 379 break;
380 380 }
381 381 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
382 382 kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
383 383 break;
384 384
385 385 default:
386 386 break;
387 387 }
388 388 }
389 389 zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
390 390 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
391 391 out:
392 392 if (err && err != ENOENT) {
393 393 nvlist_free(*nvp);
394 394 *nvp = NULL;
395 395 return (err);
396 396 }
397 397
398 398 return (0);
399 399 }
400 400
401 401 /*
402 402 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
403 403 * for the property values to be set.
404 404 */
405 405 static int
406 406 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
407 407 {
408 408 nvpair_t *elem;
409 409 int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
410 410 uint64_t objnum = 0;
411 411 boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
412 412
413 413 elem = NULL;
414 414 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
415 415 uint64_t intval;
416 416 char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
417 417 const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
418 418 zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
419 419
420 420 switch (prop) {
421 421 case ZPROP_INVAL:
422 422 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
423 423 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
424 424 break;
425 425 }
426 426
427 427 /*
428 428 * Sanitize the input.
429 429 */
430 430 if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
431 431 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
432 432 break;
433 433 }
434 434
435 435 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
436 436 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
437 437 break;
438 438 }
439 439
440 440 if (intval != 0) {
441 441 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
442 442 break;
443 443 }
444 444
445 445 fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
446 446 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
447 447 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
448 448 break;
449 449 }
450 450
451 451 has_feature = B_TRUE;
452 452 break;
453 453
454 454 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
455 455 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
456 456 if (!error &&
457 457 (intval < spa_version(spa) ||
458 458 intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
459 459 has_feature))
460 460 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
461 461 break;
462 462
463 463 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
464 464 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
465 465 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
466 466 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
467 467 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
468 468 if (!error && intval > 1)
469 469 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
470 470 break;
471 471
472 472 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
473 473 /*
474 474 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
475 475 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
476 476 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
477 477 */
478 478 if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
479 479 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
480 480 break;
481 481 }
482 482
483 483 /*
484 484 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
485 485 */
486 486 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
487 487 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
488 488 break;
489 489 }
490 490
491 491 reset_bootfs = 1;
492 492
493 493 error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
494 494
495 495 if (!error) {
496 496 objset_t *os;
497 497 uint64_t propval;
498 498
499 499 if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
500 500 objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
501 501 ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
502 502 break;
503 503 }
504 504
505 505 if (error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os))
506 506 break;
507 507
508 508 /*
509 509 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
510 510 * must be supported by GRUB (compression
511 511 * is not gzip, and large blocks are not used).
512 512 */
513 513
514 514 if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
515 515 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
516 516 } else if ((error =
517 517 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
518 518 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION),
519 519 &propval)) == 0 &&
520 520 !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval)) {
521 521 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
522 522 } else if ((error =
523 523 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
524 524 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_RECORDSIZE),
525 525 &propval)) == 0 &&
526 526 propval > SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE) {
527 527 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
528 528 } else {
529 529 objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
530 530 }
531 531 dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
532 532 }
533 533 break;
534 534
535 535 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
536 536 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
537 537 if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT ||
538 538 intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC))
539 539 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
540 540
541 541 /*
542 542 * This is a special case which only occurs when
543 543 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
544 544 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
545 545 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
546 546 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
547 547 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
548 548 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
549 549 * error.
550 550 */
551 551 if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
552 552 spa->spa_failmode = intval;
553 553 error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
554 554 }
555 555 break;
556 556
557 557 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
558 558 if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
559 559 break;
560 560
561 561 if (strval[0] == '\0')
562 562 break;
563 563
564 564 if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
565 565 break;
566 566
567 567 if (strval[0] != '/') {
568 568 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
569 569 break;
570 570 }
571 571
572 572 slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
573 573 ASSERT(slash != NULL);
574 574
575 575 if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
576 576 strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
577 577 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
578 578 break;
579 579
580 580 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
581 581 if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
582 582 break;
583 583 for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
584 584 /*
585 585 * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint()
586 586 * check. For this kernel check, we merely
587 587 * check ASCII apart from DEL. Fix this if
588 588 * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint().
589 589 */
590 590 if (*check >= 0x7f) {
591 591 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
592 592 break;
593 593 }
594 594 }
595 595 if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
596 596 error = E2BIG;
597 597 break;
598 598
599 599 case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
600 600 if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP)
601 601 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
602 602 else
603 603 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
604 604 if (error == 0 &&
605 605 intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN)
606 606 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
607 607 break;
608 608 }
609 609
610 610 if (error)
611 611 break;
612 612 }
613 613
614 614 if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
615 615 error = nvlist_remove(props,
616 616 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
617 617
618 618 if (!error) {
619 619 error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
620 620 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
621 621 }
622 622 }
623 623
624 624 return (error);
625 625 }
626 626
627 627 void
628 628 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
629 629 {
630 630 char *cachefile;
631 631 spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
632 632
633 633 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
634 634 &cachefile) != 0)
635 635 return;
636 636
637 637 dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
638 638 KM_SLEEP);
639 639
640 640 if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
641 641 dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
642 642 else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
643 643 dp->scd_path = NULL;
644 644 else
645 645 dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
646 646
647 647 list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
648 648 if (need_sync)
649 649 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
650 650 }
651 651
652 652 int
653 653 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
654 654 {
655 655 int error;
656 656 nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
657 657 boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
658 658
659 659 if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
660 660 return (error);
661 661
662 662 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
663 663 zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
664 664
665 665 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
666 666 prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
667 667 prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
668 668 continue;
669 669
670 670 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPROP_INVAL) {
671 671 uint64_t ver;
672 672
673 673 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
674 674 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
675 675 } else {
676 676 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
677 677 ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
678 678 need_sync = B_TRUE;
679 679 }
680 680
681 681 /* Save time if the version is already set. */
682 682 if (ver == spa_version(spa))
683 683 continue;
684 684
685 685 /*
686 686 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
687 687 * create the pool properties object, the features for
688 688 * read object, the features for write object, or the
689 689 * feature descriptions object.
690 690 */
691 691 error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
692 692 spa_sync_version, &ver,
693 693 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
694 694 if (error)
695 695 return (error);
696 696 continue;
697 697 }
698 698
699 699 need_sync = B_TRUE;
700 700 break;
701 701 }
702 702
703 703 if (need_sync) {
704 704 return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
705 705 nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED));
706 706 }
707 707
708 708 return (0);
709 709 }
710 710
711 711 /*
712 712 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
713 713 */
714 714 void
715 715 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
716 716 {
717 717 if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
718 718 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
719 719 spa->spa_pool_props_object,
720 720 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
721 721 spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
722 722 }
723 723 }
724 724
725 725 /*ARGSUSED*/
726 726 static int
727 727 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
728 728 {
729 729 uint64_t *newguid = arg;
730 730 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
731 731 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
732 732 uint64_t vdev_state;
733 733
734 734 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
735 735 vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
736 736 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
737 737
738 738 if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
739 739 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
740 740
741 741 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
742 742
743 743 return (0);
744 744 }
745 745
746 746 static void
747 747 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
748 748 {
749 749 uint64_t *newguid = arg;
750 750 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
751 751 uint64_t oldguid;
752 752 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
753 753
754 754 oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
755 755
756 756 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
757 757 rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
758 758 rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
759 759 vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
760 760 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
761 761
762 762 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
763 763 oldguid, *newguid);
764 764 }
765 765
766 766 /*
767 767 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
768 768 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
769 769 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
770 770 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
771 771 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
772 772 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
773 773 * sysevent to update any watchers.
774 774 */
775 775 int
776 776 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
777 777 {
778 778 int error;
779 779 uint64_t guid;
780 780
781 781 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
782 782 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
783 783 guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
784 784
785 785 error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
786 786 spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
787 787
788 788 if (error == 0) {
789 789 spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
790 790 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
791 791 }
792 792
793 793 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
794 794 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
795 795
796 796 return (error);
797 797 }
798 798
799 799 /*
800 800 * ==========================================================================
801 801 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
802 802 * ==========================================================================
803 803 */
804 804
805 805 static int
806 806 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
807 807 {
808 808 spa_error_entry_t *sa = (spa_error_entry_t *)a;
809 809 spa_error_entry_t *sb = (spa_error_entry_t *)b;
810 810 int ret;
811 811
812 812 ret = bcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
813 813 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t));
814 814
815 815 if (ret < 0)
816 816 return (-1);
817 817 else if (ret > 0)
818 818 return (1);
819 819 else
820 820 return (0);
821 821 }
822 822
823 823 /*
824 824 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
825 825 * re-initializes them in the process.
826 826 */
827 827 void
828 828 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
829 829 {
830 830 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
831 831
832 832 bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
833 833 bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
834 834
835 835 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
836 836 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
837 837 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
838 838 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
839 839 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
840 840 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
841 841 }
842 842
843 843 static void
844 844 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
845 845 {
846 846 const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
847 847 enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
848 848 uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
849 849 uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
850 850 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
851 851 char name[32];
852 852 uint_t flags = 0;
853 853 boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
854 854
855 855 if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) {
856 856 tqs->stqs_count = 0;
857 857 tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
858 858 return;
859 859 }
860 860
861 861 ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
862 862
863 863 tqs->stqs_count = count;
864 864 tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
865 865
866 866 switch (mode) {
867 867 case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
868 868 ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1);
869 869 value = MAX(value, 1);
870 870 break;
871 871
872 872 case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
873 873 batch = B_TRUE;
874 874 flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
875 875 value = zio_taskq_batch_pct;
876 876 break;
877 877
878 878 default:
879 879 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
880 880 "spa_activate()",
881 881 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
882 882 break;
883 883 }
884 884
885 885 for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
886 886 taskq_t *tq;
887 887
888 888 if (count > 1) {
889 889 (void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
890 890 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
891 891 } else {
892 892 (void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
893 893 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
894 894 }
895 895
896 896 if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
897 897 if (batch)
898 898 flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
899 899
900 900 tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
901 901 spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
902 902 } else {
903 903 pri_t pri = maxclsyspri;
904 904 /*
905 905 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
906 906 * intensive. Run it at slightly lower priority
907 907 * than the other taskqs.
908 908 */
909 909 if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE)
910 910 pri--;
911 911
912 912 tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50,
913 913 INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
914 914 }
915 915
916 916 tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
917 917 }
918 918 }
919 919
920 920 static void
921 921 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
922 922 {
923 923 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
924 924
925 925 if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
926 926 ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count);
927 927 return;
928 928 }
929 929
930 930 for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
931 931 ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
932 932 taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
933 933 }
934 934
935 935 kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
936 936 tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
937 937 }
938 938
939 939 /*
940 940 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
941 941 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
942 942 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
943 943 * the low bits of gethrtime().
944 944 */
945 945 void
946 946 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
947 947 task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
948 948 {
949 949 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
950 950 taskq_t *tq;
951 951
952 952 ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
953 953 ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
954 954
955 955 if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
956 956 tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
957 957 } else {
958 958 tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count];
959 959 }
960 960
961 961 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
962 962 }
963 963
964 964 static void
965 965 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
966 966 {
967 967 for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
968 968 for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
969 969 spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
970 970 }
971 971 }
972 972 }
973 973
974 974 #ifdef _KERNEL
975 975 static void
976 976 spa_thread(void *arg)
977 977 {
978 978 callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
979 979
980 980 spa_t *spa = arg;
981 981 user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
982 982
983 983 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
984 984 spa->spa_name);
985 985
986 986 ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
987 987 (void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
988 988 "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
989 989 (void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
990 990
991 991 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
992 992 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
993 993 pool_lock();
994 994 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
995 995 mutex_enter(&pidlock);
996 996 mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
997 997
998 998 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
999 999 0, NULL, NULL) == 0) {
1000 1000 curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
1001 1001 } else {
1002 1002 cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1003 1003 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1004 1004 "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
1005 1005 }
1006 1006
1007 1007 mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
1008 1008 mutex_exit(&pidlock);
1009 1009 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
1010 1010 pool_unlock();
1011 1011 }
1012 1012
1013 1013 if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
1014 1014 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
1015 1015 }
1016 1016
1017 1017 spa->spa_proc = curproc;
1018 1018 spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
1019 1019
1020 1020 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1021 1021
1022 1022 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1023 1023 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
1024 1024
1025 1025 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
1026 1026 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1027 1027
1028 1028 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
1029 1029 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
1030 1030 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1031 1031 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1032 1032
1033 1033 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
1034 1034 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
1035 1035 spa->spa_proc = &p0;
1036 1036 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1037 1037 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1038 1038
1039 1039 mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1040 1040 lwp_exit();
1041 1041 }
1042 1042 #endif
1043 1043
1044 1044 /*
1045 1045 * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1046 1046 */
1047 1047 static void
1048 1048 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode)
1049 1049 {
1050 1050 ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1051 1051
1052 1052 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
1053 1053 spa->spa_mode = mode;
1054 1054
1055 1055 spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1056 1056 spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1057 1057
1058 1058 /* Try to create a covering process */
1059 1059 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1060 1060 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
1061 1061 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1062 1062 spa->spa_did = 0;
1063 1063
1064 1064 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1065 1065 if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
1066 1066 if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
1067 1067 NULL, 0) == 0) {
1068 1068 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
1069 1069 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
1070 1070 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
1071 1071 &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1072 1072 }
1073 1073 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1074 1074 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1075 1075 ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
1076 1076 } else {
1077 1077 #ifdef _KERNEL
1078 1078 cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1079 1079 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1080 1080 spa->spa_name);
1081 1081 #endif
1082 1082 }
1083 1083 }
1084 1084 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1085 1085
1086 1086 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1087 1087 if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
1088 1088 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1089 1089 }
1090 1090
1091 1091 list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1092 1092 offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
1093 1093 list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t),
1094 1094 offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node));
1095 1095 list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1096 1096 offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
1097 1097
1098 1098 txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list,
1099 1099 offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
1100 1100
1101 1101 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
1102 1102 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1103 1103 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1104 1104 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
1105 1105 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1106 1106 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1107 1107 }
1108 1108
1109 1109 /*
1110 1110 * Opposite of spa_activate().
1111 1111 */
1112 1112 static void
1113 1113 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
1114 1114 {
1115 1115 ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
1116 1116 ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
1117 1117 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1118 1118 ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
1119 1119 ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1120 1120
1121 1121 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
1122 1122
1123 1123 txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
1124 1124
1125 1125 list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
1126 1126 list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list);
1127 1127 list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
1128 1128
1129 1129 for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1130 1130 for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1131 1131 spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
1132 1132 }
1133 1133 }
1134 1134
1135 1135 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
1136 1136 spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
1137 1137
1138 1138 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
1139 1139 spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
1140 1140
1141 1141 /*
1142 1142 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1143 1143 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
1144 1144 */
1145 1145 spa_errlog_drain(spa);
1146 1146
1147 1147 avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
1148 1148 avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
1149 1149
1150 1150 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
1151 1151
1152 1152 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1153 1153 if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
1154 1154 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1155 1155 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
1156 1156 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1157 1157 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
1158 1158 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1159 1159 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1160 1160 }
1161 1161 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
1162 1162 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
1163 1163 }
1164 1164 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1165 1165 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1166 1166
1167 1167 /*
1168 1168 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1169 1169 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1170 1170 * it.
1171 1171 */
1172 1172 if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
1173 1173 thread_join(spa->spa_did);
1174 1174 spa->spa_did = 0;
1175 1175 }
1176 1176 }
1177 1177
1178 1178 /*
1179 1179 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
1180 1180 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1181 1181 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1182 1182 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1183 1183 */
1184 1184 static int
1185 1185 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
1186 1186 uint_t id, int atype)
1187 1187 {
1188 1188 nvlist_t **child;
1189 1189 uint_t children;
1190 1190 int error;
1191 1191
1192 1192 if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
1193 1193 return (error);
1194 1194
1195 1195 if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
1196 1196 return (0);
1197 1197
1198 1198 error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
1199 1199 &child, &children);
1200 1200
1201 1201 if (error == ENOENT)
1202 1202 return (0);
1203 1203
1204 1204 if (error) {
1205 1205 vdev_free(*vdp);
1206 1206 *vdp = NULL;
1207 1207 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1208 1208 }
1209 1209
1210 1210 for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
1211 1211 vdev_t *vd;
1212 1212 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
1213 1213 atype)) != 0) {
1214 1214 vdev_free(*vdp);
1215 1215 *vdp = NULL;
1216 1216 return (error);
1217 1217 }
1218 1218 }
1219 1219
1220 1220 ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
1221 1221
1222 1222 return (0);
1223 1223 }
1224 1224
1225 1225 /*
1226 1226 * Opposite of spa_load().
1227 1227 */
1228 1228 static void
1229 1229 spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
1230 1230 {
1231 1231 int i;
1232 1232
1233 1233 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
1234 1234
1235 1235 /*
1236 1236 * Stop async tasks.
1237 1237 */
1238 1238 spa_async_suspend(spa);
1239 1239
1240 1240 /*
1241 1241 * Stop syncing.
1242 1242 */
1243 1243 if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
1244 1244 txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1245 1245 spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
1246 1246 }
1247 1247
1248 1248 /*
1249 1249 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1250 1250 */
1251 1251 if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
1252 1252 for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++)
1253 1253 (void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]);
1254 1254 kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *));
1255 1255 spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
1256 1256 }
1257 1257
1258 1258 bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
1259 1259
1260 1260 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1261 1261
1262 1262 /*
1263 1263 * Close all vdevs.
1264 1264 */
1265 1265 if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
1266 1266 vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1267 1267 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1268 1268
1269 1269 /*
1270 1270 * Close the dsl pool.
1271 1271 */
1272 1272 if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
1273 1273 dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1274 1274 spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
1275 1275 spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
1276 1276 }
1277 1277
1278 1278 ddt_unload(spa);
1279 1279
1280 1280
1281 1281 /*
1282 1282 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1283 1283 */
1284 1284 spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
1285 1285
1286 1286 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1287 1287 vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
1288 1288 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
1289 1289 kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1290 1290 spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1291 1291 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1292 1292 }
1293 1293 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
1294 1294 nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
1295 1295 spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
1296 1296 }
1297 1297 spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
1298 1298
1299 1299 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
1300 1300 vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1301 1301 vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1302 1302 }
1303 1303 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
1304 1304 kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
1305 1305 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1306 1306 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1307 1307 }
1308 1308 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
1309 1309 nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
1310 1310 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
1311 1311 }
1312 1312 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
1313 1313
1314 1314 spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
1315 1315
1316 1316 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
1317 1317 spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
1318 1318 spa->spa_comment = NULL;
1319 1319 }
1320 1320
1321 1321 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1322 1322 }
1323 1323
1324 1324 /*
1325 1325 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1326 1326 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1327 1327 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1328 1328 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1329 1329 */
1330 1330 static void
1331 1331 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
1332 1332 {
1333 1333 nvlist_t **spares;
1334 1334 uint_t nspares;
1335 1335 int i;
1336 1336 vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
1337 1337
1338 1338 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1339 1339
1340 1340 /*
1341 1341 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1342 1342 */
1343 1343 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1344 1344 vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
1345 1345
1346 1346 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1347 1347 if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1348 1348 B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
1349 1349 spa_spare_remove(tvd);
1350 1350 vdev_close(vd);
1351 1351 vdev_free(vd);
1352 1352 }
1353 1353
1354 1354 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
1355 1355 kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1356 1356 spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1357 1357
1358 1358 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
1359 1359 nspares = 0;
1360 1360 else
1361 1361 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1362 1362 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
1363 1363
1364 1364 spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
1365 1365 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1366 1366
1367 1367 if (nspares == 0)
1368 1368 return;
1369 1369
1370 1370 /*
1371 1371 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1372 1372 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1373 1373 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1374 1374 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1375 1375 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
1376 1376 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
1377 1377 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1378 1378 */
1379 1379 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
1380 1380 KM_SLEEP);
1381 1381 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1382 1382 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
1383 1383 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
1384 1384 ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1385 1385
1386 1386 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
1387 1387
1388 1388 if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1389 1389 B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
1390 1390 if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
1391 1391 spa_spare_add(tvd);
1392 1392
1393 1393 /*
1394 1394 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1395 1395 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
1396 1396 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1397 1397 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1398 1398 * is actively in use.
1399 1399 *
1400 1400 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1401 1401 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1402 1402 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
1403 1403 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1404 1404 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1405 1405 */
1406 1406 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
1407 1407 spa_spare_activate(tvd);
1408 1408 }
1409 1409
1410 1410 vd->vdev_top = vd;
1411 1411 vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
1412 1412
1413 1413 if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1414 1414 continue;
1415 1415
1416 1416 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
1417 1417 spa_spare_add(vd);
1418 1418 }
1419 1419
1420 1420 /*
1421 1421 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1422 1422 * this time.
1423 1423 */
1424 1424 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
1425 1425 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1426 1426
1427 1427 spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
1428 1428 KM_SLEEP);
1429 1429 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1430 1430 spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1431 1431 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
1432 1432 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1433 1433 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0);
1434 1434 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1435 1435 nvlist_free(spares[i]);
1436 1436 kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1437 1437 }
1438 1438
1439 1439 /*
1440 1440 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1441 1441 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1442 1442 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1443 1443 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1444 1444 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1445 1445 * not re-opened.
1446 1446 */
1447 1447 static void
1448 1448 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
1449 1449 {
1450 1450 nvlist_t **l2cache;
1451 1451 uint_t nl2cache;
1452 1452 int i, j, oldnvdevs;
1453 1453 uint64_t guid;
1454 1454 vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
1455 1455 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
1456 1456
1457 1457 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1458 1458
1459 1459 if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
1460 1460 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1461 1461 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
1462 1462 newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1463 1463 } else {
1464 1464 nl2cache = 0;
1465 1465 newvdevs = NULL;
1466 1466 }
1467 1467
1468 1468 oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
1469 1469 oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
1470 1470 sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
1471 1471 sav->sav_count = 0;
1472 1472
1473 1473 /*
1474 1474 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1475 1475 */
1476 1476 for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
1477 1477 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
1478 1478 &guid) == 0);
1479 1479
1480 1480 newvdevs[i] = NULL;
1481 1481 for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
1482 1482 vd = oldvdevs[j];
1483 1483 if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
1484 1484 /*
1485 1485 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1486 1486 */
1487 1487 newvdevs[i] = vd;
1488 1488 oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
1489 1489 break;
1490 1490 }
1491 1491 }
1492 1492
1493 1493 if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
1494 1494 /*
1495 1495 * Create new vdev
1496 1496 */
1497 1497 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
1498 1498 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
1499 1499 ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1500 1500 newvdevs[i] = vd;
1501 1501
1502 1502 /*
1503 1503 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1504 1504 * even if it fails to open.
1505 1505 */
1506 1506 spa_l2cache_add(vd);
1507 1507
1508 1508 vd->vdev_top = vd;
1509 1509 vd->vdev_aux = sav;
1510 1510
1511 1511 spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
1512 1512
1513 1513 if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1514 1514 continue;
1515 1515
1516 1516 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
1517 1517
1518 1518 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
1519 1519 l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
1520 1520 }
1521 1521 }
1522 1522
1523 1523 /*
1524 1524 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1525 1525 */
1526 1526 for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
1527 1527 uint64_t pool;
1528 1528
1529 1529 vd = oldvdevs[i];
1530 1530 if (vd != NULL) {
1531 1531 ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
1532 1532
1533 1533 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
1534 1534 pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
1535 1535 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
1536 1536 vdev_clear_stats(vd);
1537 1537 vdev_free(vd);
1538 1538 }
1539 1539 }
1540 1540
1541 1541 if (oldvdevs)
1542 1542 kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
1543 1543
1544 1544 if (sav->sav_config == NULL)
1545 1545 goto out;
1546 1546
1547 1547 sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
1548 1548 sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
1549 1549
1550 1550 /*
1551 1551 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1552 1552 * information this time.
1553 1553 */
1554 1554 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
1555 1555 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1556 1556
1557 1557 l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1558 1558 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1559 1559 l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1560 1560 sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
1561 1561 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1562 1562 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0);
1563 1563 out:
1564 1564 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1565 1565 nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
1566 1566 if (sav->sav_count)
1567 1567 kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1568 1568 }
1569 1569
1570 1570 static int
1571 1571 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
1572 1572 {
1573 1573 dmu_buf_t *db;
1574 1574 char *packed = NULL;
1575 1575 size_t nvsize = 0;
1576 1576 int error;
1577 1577 *value = NULL;
1578 1578
1579 1579 error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db);
1580 1580 if (error != 0)
1581 1581 return (error);
1582 1582
1583 1583 nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
1584 1584 dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
1585 1585
1586 1586 packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
1587 1587 error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
1588 1588 DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
1589 1589 if (error == 0)
1590 1590 error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
1591 1591 kmem_free(packed, nvsize);
1592 1592
1593 1593 return (error);
1594 1594 }
1595 1595
1596 1596 /*
1597 1597 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1598 1598 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
1599 1599 */
1600 1600 static void
1601 1601 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
1602 1602 {
1603 1603 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
1604 1604 spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
1605 1605
1606 1606 if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
1607 1607 !vd->vdev_ishole) {
1608 1608 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
1609 1609 spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
1610 1610 }
1611 1611 }
1612 1612
1613 1613 /*
1614 1614 * Validate the current config against the MOS config
1615 1615 */
1616 1616 static boolean_t
1617 1617 spa_config_valid(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
1618 1618 {
1619 1619 vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1620 1620 nvlist_t *nv;
1621 1621
1622 1622 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nv) == 0);
1623 1623
1624 1624 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1625 1625 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0);
1626 1626
1627 1627 ASSERT3U(rvd->vdev_children, ==, mrvd->vdev_children);
1628 1628
1629 1629 /*
1630 1630 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
1631 1631 * diagnostic information about missing devices in this config.
1632 1632 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
1633 1633 */
1634 1634 if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
1635 1635 nvlist_t **child, *nv;
1636 1636 uint64_t idx = 0;
1637 1637
1638 1638 child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **),
1639 1639 KM_SLEEP);
1640 1640 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
1641 1641
1642 1642 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1643 1643 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1644 1644 vdev_t *mtvd = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
1645 1645
1646 1646 if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
1647 1647 mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops &&
1648 1648 mtvd->vdev_islog)
1649 1649 child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, mtvd,
1650 1650 B_FALSE, 0);
1651 1651 }
1652 1652
1653 1653 if (idx) {
1654 1654 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
1655 1655 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx) == 0);
1656 1656 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
1657 1657 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv) == 0);
1658 1658
1659 1659 for (int i = 0; i < idx; i++)
1660 1660 nvlist_free(child[i]);
1661 1661 }
1662 1662 nvlist_free(nv);
1663 1663 kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
1664 1664 }
1665 1665
1666 1666 /*
1667 1667 * Compare the root vdev tree with the information we have
1668 1668 * from the MOS config (mrvd). Check each top-level vdev
1669 1669 * with the corresponding MOS config top-level (mtvd).
1670 1670 */
1671 1671 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1672 1672 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1673 1673 vdev_t *mtvd = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
1674 1674
1675 1675 /*
1676 1676 * Resolve any "missing" vdevs in the current configuration.
1677 1677 * If we find that the MOS config has more accurate information
1678 1678 * about the top-level vdev then use that vdev instead.
1679 1679 */
1680 1680 if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
1681 1681 mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops) {
1682 1682
1683 1683 if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG))
1684 1684 continue;
1685 1685
1686 1686 /*
1687 1687 * Device specific actions.
1688 1688 */
1689 1689 if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
1690 1690 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
1691 1691 } else {
1692 1692 /*
1693 1693 * XXX - once we have 'readonly' pool
1694 1694 * support we should be able to handle
1695 1695 * missing data devices by transitioning
1696 1696 * the pool to readonly.
1697 1697 */
1698 1698 continue;
1699 1699 }
1700 1700
1701 1701 /*
1702 1702 * Swap the missing vdev with the data we were
1703 1703 * able to obtain from the MOS config.
1704 1704 */
1705 1705 vdev_remove_child(rvd, tvd);
1706 1706 vdev_remove_child(mrvd, mtvd);
1707 1707
1708 1708 vdev_add_child(rvd, mtvd);
1709 1709 vdev_add_child(mrvd, tvd);
1710 1710
1711 1711 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1712 1712 vdev_load(mtvd);
1713 1713 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1714 1714
1715 1715 vdev_reopen(rvd);
1716 1716 } else if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
1717 1717 /*
1718 1718 * Load the slog device's state from the MOS config
1719 1719 * since it's possible that the label does not
1720 1720 * contain the most up-to-date information.
1721 1721 */
1722 1722 vdev_load_log_state(tvd, mtvd);
1723 1723 vdev_reopen(tvd);
1724 1724 }
1725 1725 }
1726 1726 vdev_free(mrvd);
1727 1727 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1728 1728
1729 1729 /*
1730 1730 * Ensure we were able to validate the config.
1731 1731 */
1732 1732 return (rvd->vdev_guid_sum == spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum);
1733 1733 }
1734 1734
1735 1735 /*
1736 1736 * Check for missing log devices
1737 1737 */
1738 1738 static boolean_t
1739 1739 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
1740 1740 {
1741 1741 boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
1742 1742 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
1743 1743
1744 1744 switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
1745 1745 case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
1746 1746 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
1747 1747 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
1748 1748 rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
1749 1749 zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
1750 1750 if (rv)
1751 1751 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
1752 1752 break;
1753 1753 }
1754 1754 return (rv);
1755 1755 }
1756 1756
1757 1757 static boolean_t
1758 1758 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
1759 1759 {
1760 1760 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1761 1761 boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
1762 1762
1763 1763 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1764 1764
1765 1765 if (!spa_has_slogs(spa))
1766 1766 return (B_FALSE);
1767 1767
1768 1768 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1769 1769 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1770 1770 metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1771 1771
1772 1772 if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
1773 1773 metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
1774 1774 slog_found = B_TRUE;
1775 1775 }
1776 1776 }
1777 1777
1778 1778 return (slog_found);
1779 1779 }
1780 1780
1781 1781 static void
1782 1782 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
1783 1783 {
1784 1784 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1785 1785
1786 1786 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1787 1787
1788 1788 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1789 1789 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1790 1790 metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1791 1791
1792 1792 if (tvd->vdev_islog)
1793 1793 metaslab_group_activate(mg);
1794 1794 }
1795 1795 }
1796 1796
1797 1797 int
1798 1798 spa_offline_log(spa_t *spa)
1799 1799 {
1800 1800 int error;
1801 1801
1802 1802 error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_vdev_offline,
1803 1803 NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
1804 1804 if (error == 0) {
1805 1805 /*
1806 1806 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
1807 1807 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
1808 1808 * by zil_sync().
1809 1809 */
1810 1810 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
1811 1811 }
1812 1812 return (error);
1813 1813 }
1814 1814
1815 1815 static void
1816 1816 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
1817 1817 {
1818 1818 for (int i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1819 1819 spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
1820 1820 }
1821 1821
1822 1822 void
1823 1823 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
1824 1824 {
1825 1825 spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
1826 1826
1827 1827 if (zio->io_error)
1828 1828 return;
1829 1829
1830 1830 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock); /* any mutex will do */
1831 1831 if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
1832 1832 spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
1833 1833 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
1834 1834 }
1835 1835
1836 1836 typedef struct spa_load_error {
1837 1837 uint64_t sle_meta_count;
1838 1838 uint64_t sle_data_count;
1839 1839 } spa_load_error_t;
1840 1840
1841 1841 static void
1842 1842 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
1843 1843 {
1844 1844 blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
1845 1845 spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
1846 1846 dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
1847 1847 int error = zio->io_error;
1848 1848 spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
1849 1849
1850 1850 if (error) {
1851 1851 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
1852 1852 type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
1853 1853 atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count);
1854 1854 else
1855 1855 atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count);
1856 1856 }
1857 1857 zio_data_buf_free(zio->io_data, zio->io_size);
1858 1858
1859 1859 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1860 1860 spa->spa_scrub_inflight--;
1861 1861 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv);
1862 1862 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1863 1863 }
1864 1864
1865 1865 /*
1866 1866 * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying
1867 1867 * a pool while importing it.
1868 1868 */
1869 1869 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight = 10000;
1870 1870 boolean_t spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE;
1871 1871 boolean_t spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE;
1872 1872
1873 1873 /*ARGSUSED*/
1874 1874 static int
1875 1875 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
1876 1876 const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
1877 1877 {
1878 1878 if (bp == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
1879 1879 return (0);
1880 1880 /*
1881 1881 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
1882 1882 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful
1883 1883 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
1884 1884 */
1885 1885 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata)
1886 1886 return (0);
1887 1887 if (BP_GET_BUFC_TYPE(bp) == ARC_BUFC_DATA && !spa_load_verify_data)
1888 1888 return (0);
1889 1889
1890 1890 zio_t *rio = arg;
1891 1891 size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
1892 1892 void *data = zio_data_buf_alloc(size);
1893 1893
1894 1894 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1895 1895 while (spa->spa_scrub_inflight >= spa_load_verify_maxinflight)
1896 1896 cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1897 1897 spa->spa_scrub_inflight++;
1898 1898 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1899 1899
1900 1900 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, data, size,
1901 1901 spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
1902 1902 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
1903 1903 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
1904 1904 return (0);
1905 1905 }
1906 1906
1907 1907 static int
1908 1908 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
1909 1909 {
1910 1910 zio_t *rio;
1911 1911 spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
1912 1912 zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
1913 1913 boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
1914 1914 int error = 0;
1915 1915
1916 1916 zpool_get_rewind_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
1917 1917
1918 1918 if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND)
1919 1919 return (0);
1920 1920
1921 1921 rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
1922 1922 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
1923 1923
1924 1924 if (spa_load_verify_metadata) {
1925 1925 error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
1926 1926 TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA,
1927 1927 spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
1928 1928 }
1929 1929
1930 1930 (void) zio_wait(rio);
1931 1931
1932 1932 spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
1933 1933 spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
1934 1934
1935 1935 if (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zrp_maxmeta &&
1936 1936 sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zrp_maxdata) {
1937 1937 int64_t loss = 0;
1938 1938
1939 1939 verify_ok = B_TRUE;
1940 1940 spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
1941 1941 spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
1942 1942
1943 1943 loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
1944 1944 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
1945 1945 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0);
1946 1946 VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info,
1947 1947 ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0);
1948 1948 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
1949 1949 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0);
1950 1950 } else {
1951 1951 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
1952 1952 }
1953 1953
1954 1954 if (error) {
1955 1955 if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
1956 1956 error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
1957 1957 return (error);
1958 1958 }
1959 1959
1960 1960 return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
1961 1961 }
1962 1962
1963 1963 /*
1964 1964 * Find a value in the pool props object.
1965 1965 */
1966 1966 static void
1967 1967 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
1968 1968 {
1969 1969 (void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
1970 1970 zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
1971 1971 }
1972 1972
1973 1973 /*
1974 1974 * Find a value in the pool directory object.
1975 1975 */
1976 1976 static int
1977 1977 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val)
1978 1978 {
1979 1979 return (zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
1980 1980 name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val));
1981 1981 }
1982 1982
1983 1983 static int
1984 1984 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
1985 1985 {
1986 1986 vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
1987 1987 return (err);
1988 1988 }
1989 1989
1990 1990 /*
1991 1991 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
1992 1992 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
1993 1993 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
1994 1994 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
1995 1995 *
1996 1996 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
1997 1997 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
1998 1998 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
1999 1999 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
2000 2000 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2001 2001 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2002 2002 *
2003 2003 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2004 2004 * the original pool.
2005 2005 */
2006 2006 static void
2007 2007 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
2008 2008 {
2009 2009 uint_t extracted;
2010 2010 uint64_t *glist;
2011 2011 uint_t i, gcount;
2012 2012 nvlist_t *nvl;
2013 2013 vdev_t **vd;
2014 2014 boolean_t attempt_reopen;
2015 2015
2016 2016 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
2017 2017 return;
2018 2018
2019 2019 /* check that the config is complete */
2020 2020 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
2021 2021 &glist, &gcount) != 0)
2022 2022 return;
2023 2023
2024 2024 vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
2025 2025
2026 2026 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2027 2027 attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
2028 2028 for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2029 2029 if (glist[i] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
2030 2030 continue;
2031 2031
2032 2032 vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
2033 2033 if (vd[i] == NULL) {
2034 2034 /*
2035 2035 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2036 2036 * just do the split.
2037 2037 */
2038 2038 attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
2039 2039 } else {
2040 2040 /* attempt to re-online it */
2041 2041 vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
2042 2042 }
2043 2043 }
2044 2044
2045 2045 if (attempt_reopen) {
2046 2046 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2047 2047
2048 2048 /* check each device to see what state it's in */
2049 2049 for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2050 2050 if (vd[i] != NULL &&
2051 2051 vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2052 2052 break;
2053 2053 ++extracted;
2054 2054 }
2055 2055 }
2056 2056
2057 2057 /*
2058 2058 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2059 2059 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2060 2060 * good.
2061 2061 */
2062 2062 if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
2063 2063 for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
2064 2064 if (vd[i] != NULL)
2065 2065 vdev_split(vd[i]);
2066 2066 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2067 2067 }
2068 2068
2069 2069 kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
2070 2070 }
2071 2071
2072 2072 static int
2073 2073 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type,
2074 2074 boolean_t mosconfig)
2075 2075 {
2076 2076 nvlist_t *config = spa->spa_config;
2077 2077 char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
2078 2078 char *comment;
2079 2079 int error;
2080 2080 uint64_t pool_guid;
2081 2081 nvlist_t *nvl;
2082 2082
2083 2083 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid))
2084 2084 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2085 2085
2086 2086 ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
2087 2087 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
2088 2088 spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
2089 2089
2090 2090 /*
2091 2091 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
2092 2092 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
2093 2093 */
2094 2094 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
2095 2095 &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
2096 2096 spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
2097 2097
2098 2098 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
2099 2099 &spa->spa_config_txg);
2100 2100
2101 2101 if ((state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2102 2102 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
2103 2103 error = SET_ERROR(EEXIST);
2104 2104 } else {
2105 2105 spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
2106 2106
2107 2107 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
2108 2108 &nvl) == 0) {
2109 2109 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(nvl, &spa->spa_config_splitting,
2110 2110 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2111 2111 }
2112 2112
2113 2113 nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2114 2114 spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2115 2115
2116 2116 gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
2117 2117 error = spa_load_impl(spa, pool_guid, config, state, type,
2118 2118 mosconfig, &ereport);
2119 2119 }
2120 2120
2121 2121 /*
2122 2122 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2123 2123 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2124 2124 */
2125 2125 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
2126 2126 spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
2127 2127 if (error) {
2128 2128 if (error != EEXIST) {
2129 2129 spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
2130 2130 spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
2131 2131 }
2132 2132 if (error != EBADF) {
2133 2133 zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
2134 2134 }
2135 2135 }
2136 2136 spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
2137 2137 spa->spa_ena = 0;
2138 2138
2139 2139 return (error);
2140 2140 }
2141 2141
2142 2142 /*
2143 2143 * Load an existing storage pool, using the pool's builtin spa_config as a
2144 2144 * source of configuration information.
2145 2145 */
2146 2146 static int
2147 2147 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t pool_guid, nvlist_t *config,
2148 2148 spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
2149 2149 char **ereport)
2150 2150 {
2151 2151 int error = 0;
2152 2152 nvlist_t *nvroot = NULL;
2153 2153 nvlist_t *label;
2154 2154 vdev_t *rvd;
2155 2155 uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
2156 2156 uint64_t children, config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
2157 2157 int orig_mode = spa->spa_mode;
2158 2158 int parse;
2159 2159 uint64_t obj;
2160 2160 boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
2161 2161
2162 2162 /*
2163 2163 * If this is an untrusted config, access the pool in read-only mode.
2164 2164 * This prevents things like resilvering recently removed devices.
2165 2165 */
2166 2166 if (!mosconfig)
2167 2167 spa->spa_mode = FREAD;
2168 2168
2169 2169 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
2170 2170
2171 2171 spa->spa_load_state = state;
2172 2172
2173 2173 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot))
2174 2174 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2175 2175
2176 2176 parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
2177 2177 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
2178 2178
2179 2179 /*
2180 2180 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
2181 2181 */
2182 2182 spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
2183 2183 KM_SLEEP);
2184 2184 for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
2185 2185 spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
2186 2186 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
2187 2187 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
2188 2188 }
2189 2189
2190 2190 /*
2191 2191 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
2192 2192 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
2193 2193 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
2194 2194 */
2195 2195 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2196 2196 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, parse);
2197 2197 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2198 2198
2199 2199 if (error != 0)
2200 2200 return (error);
2201 2201
2202 2202 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
2203 2203 ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT);
2204 2204 ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT);
2205 2205
2206 2206 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2207 2207 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
2208 2208 }
2209 2209
2210 2210 /*
2211 2211 * Try to open all vdevs, loading each label in the process.
2212 2212 */
2213 2213 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2214 2214 error = vdev_open(rvd);
2215 2215 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2216 2216 if (error != 0)
2217 2217 return (error);
2218 2218
2219 2219 /*
2220 2220 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
2221 2221 * we have in hand, which is dependent on the setting of mosconfig. If
2222 2222 * mosconfig is true then we're validating the vdev labels based on
2223 2223 * that config. Otherwise, we're validating against the cached config
2224 2224 * (zpool.cache) that was read when we loaded the zfs module, and then
2225 2225 * later we will recursively call spa_load() and validate against
2226 2226 * the vdev config.
2227 2227 *
2228 2228 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
2229 2229 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
2230 2230 * validation for now.
2231 2231 */
2232 2232 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2233 2233 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2234 2234 error = vdev_validate(rvd, mosconfig);
2235 2235 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2236 2236
2237 2237 if (error != 0)
2238 2238 return (error);
2239 2239
2240 2240 if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
2241 2241 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2242 2242 }
2243 2243
2244 2244 /*
2245 2245 * Find the best uberblock.
2246 2246 */
2247 2247 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
2248 2248
2249 2249 /*
2250 2250 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
2251 2251 */
2252 2252 if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
2253 2253 nvlist_free(label);
2254 2254 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
2255 2255 }
2256 2256
2257 2257 /*
2258 2258 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
2259 2259 */
2260 2260 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
2261 2261 nvlist_free(label);
2262 2262 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
2263 2263 }
2264 2264
2265 2265 if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2266 2266 nvlist_t *features;
2267 2267
2268 2268 /*
2269 2269 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
2270 2270 * MOS in the label, return failure.
2271 2271 */
2272 2272 if (label == NULL || nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label,
2273 2273 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ, &features) != 0) {
2274 2274 nvlist_free(label);
2275 2275 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2276 2276 ENXIO));
2277 2277 }
2278 2278
2279 2279 /*
2280 2280 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
2281 2281 * from the label.
2282 2282 */
2283 2283 nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
2284 2284 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0);
2285 2285 }
2286 2286
2287 2287 nvlist_free(label);
2288 2288
2289 2289 /*
2290 2290 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
2291 2291 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
2292 2292 * cannot open a pool.
2293 2293 */
2294 2294 if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2295 2295 nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
2296 2296
2297 2297 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) ==
2298 2298 0);
2299 2299
2300 2300 for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
2301 2301 NULL); nvp != NULL;
2302 2302 nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
2303 2303 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
2304 2304 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
2305 2305 nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0);
2306 2306 }
2307 2307 }
2308 2308
2309 2309 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2310 2310 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2311 2311 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0);
2312 2312 nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2313 2313 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2314 2314 ENOTSUP));
2315 2315 }
2316 2316
2317 2317 nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2318 2318 }
2319 2319
2320 2320 /*
2321 2321 * If the vdev guid sum doesn't match the uberblock, we have an
2322 2322 * incomplete configuration. We first check to see if the pool
2323 2323 * is aware of the complete config (i.e ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN).
2324 2324 * If it is, defer the vdev_guid_sum check till later so we
2325 2325 * can handle missing vdevs.
2326 2326 */
2327 2327 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN,
2328 2328 &children) != 0 && mosconfig && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE &&
2329 2329 rvd->vdev_guid_sum != ub->ub_guid_sum)
2330 2330 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
2331 2331
2332 2332 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
2333 2333 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2334 2334 spa_try_repair(spa, config);
2335 2335 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2336 2336 nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
2337 2337 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
2338 2338 }
2339 2339
2340 2340 /*
2341 2341 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
2342 2342 */
2343 2343 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
2344 2344 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
2345 2345 spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
2346 2346 TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
2347 2347 spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
2348 2348 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
2349 2349 spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
2350 2350 spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
2351 2351
2352 2352 error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2353 2353 if (error)
2354 2354 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2355 2355 spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
2356 2356
2357 2357 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object) != 0)
2358 2358 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2359 2359
2360 2360 if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2361 2361 boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
2362 2362 nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
2363 2363
2364 2364 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
2365 2365 &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj) != 0) {
2366 2366 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2367 2367 }
2368 2368
2369 2369 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
2370 2370 &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj) != 0) {
2371 2371 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2372 2372 }
2373 2373
2374 2374 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
2375 2375 &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj) != 0) {
2376 2376 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2377 2377 }
2378 2378
2379 2379 enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
2380 2380 unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
2381 2381
2382 2382 if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE,
2383 2383 unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
2384 2384 missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
2385 2385
2386 2386 if (spa_writeable(spa) || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2387 2387 if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE,
2388 2388 unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
2389 2389 missing_feat_write = B_TRUE;
2390 2390 }
2391 2391 }
2392 2392
2393 2393 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2394 2394 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
2395 2395
2396 2396 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2397 2397 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2398 2398 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
2399 2399 }
2400 2400
2401 2401 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
2402 2402 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2403 2403
2404 2404 if (!missing_feat_read) {
2405 2405 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
2406 2406 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
2407 2407 }
2408 2408
2409 2409 /*
2410 2410 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
2411 2411 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
2412 2412 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
2413 2413 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
2414 2414 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
2415 2415 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
2416 2416 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
2417 2417 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
2418 2418 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
2419 2419 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
2420 2420 * available for open in read-only mode.
2421 2421 *
2422 2422 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
2423 2423 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
2424 2424 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
2425 2425 * userland in order to know whether to display the
2426 2426 * abovementioned note.
2427 2427 */
2428 2428 if (missing_feat_read || (missing_feat_write &&
2429 2429 spa_writeable(spa))) {
2430 2430 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2431 2431 ENOTSUP));
2432 2432 }
2433 2433
2434 2434 /*
2435 2435 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
2436 2436 * cache during SPA initialization.
2437 2437 */
2438 2438 for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
2439 2439 uint64_t refcount;
2440 2440
2441 2441 error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa,
2442 2442 &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount);
2443 2443 if (error == 0) {
2444 2444 spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount;
2445 2445 } else if (error == ENOTSUP) {
2446 2446 spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] =
2447 2447 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED;
2448 2448 } else {
2449 2449 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
2450 2450 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2451 2451 }
2452 2452 }
2453 2453 }
2454 2454
2455 2455 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) {
2456 2456 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG,
2457 2457 &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj) != 0)
2458 2458 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2459 2459 }
2460 2460
2461 2461 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
2462 2462 error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2463 2463 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
2464 2464 if (error != 0)
2465 2465 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2466 2466
2467 2467 if (!mosconfig) {
2468 2468 uint64_t hostid;
2469 2469 nvlist_t *policy = NULL, *nvconfig;
2470 2470
2471 2471 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
2472 2472 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2473 2473
2474 2474 if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvconfig,
2475 2475 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
2476 2476 char *hostname;
2477 2477 unsigned long myhostid = 0;
2478 2478
2479 2479 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(nvconfig,
2480 2480 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME, &hostname) == 0);
2481 2481
2482 2482 #ifdef _KERNEL
2483 2483 myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
2484 2484 #else /* _KERNEL */
2485 2485 /*
2486 2486 * We're emulating the system's hostid in userland, so
2487 2487 * we can't use zone_get_hostid().
2488 2488 */
2489 2489 (void) ddi_strtoul(hw_serial, NULL, 10, &myhostid);
2490 2490 #endif /* _KERNEL */
2491 2491 if (hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 &&
2492 2492 hostid != myhostid) {
2493 2493 nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2494 2494 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
2495 2495 "loaded as it was last accessed by "
2496 2496 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%lx). "
2497 2497 "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
2498 2498 spa_name(spa), hostname,
2499 2499 (unsigned long)hostid);
2500 2500 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
2501 2501 }
2502 2502 }
2503 2503 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config,
2504 2504 ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, &policy) == 0)
2505 2505 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvconfig,
2506 2506 ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, policy) == 0);
2507 2507
2508 2508 spa_config_set(spa, nvconfig);
2509 2509 spa_unload(spa);
2510 2510 spa_deactivate(spa);
2511 2511 spa_activate(spa, orig_mode);
2512 2512
2513 2513 return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE));
2514 2514 }
2515 2515
2516 2516 /* Grab the secret checksum salt from the MOS. */
2517 2517 error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2518 2518 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
2519 2519 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
2520 2520 spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes);
2521 2521 if (error == ENOENT) {
2522 2522 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
2523 2523 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
2524 2524 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
2525 2525 } else if (error != 0) {
2526 2526 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2527 2527 }
2528 2528
2529 2529 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj) != 0)
2530 2530 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2531 2531 error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
2532 2532 if (error != 0)
2533 2533 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2534 2534
2535 2535 /*
2536 2536 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
2537 2537 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
2538 2538 * be present.
2539 2539 */
2540 2540 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate);
2541 2541 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2542 2542 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2543 2543
2544 2544 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
2545 2545 &spa->spa_creation_version);
2546 2546 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2547 2547 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2548 2548
2549 2549 /*
2550 2550 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
2551 2551 * not be present.
2552 2552 */
2553 2553 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last);
2554 2554 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2555 2555 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2556 2556
2557 2557 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
2558 2558 &spa->spa_errlog_scrub);
2559 2559 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2560 2560 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2561 2561
2562 2562 /*
2563 2563 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
2564 2564 * will not be present.
2565 2565 */
2566 2566 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history);
2567 2567 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2568 2568 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2569 2569
2570 2570 /*
2571 2571 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
2572 2572 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
2573 2573 * devices.
2574 2574 */
2575 2575
2576 2576 /*
2577 2577 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
2578 2578 */
2579 2579 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object);
2580 2580 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2581 2581 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2582 2582 if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2583 2583 ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
2584 2584 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
2585 2585 &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0)
2586 2586 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2587 2587
2588 2588 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2589 2589 spa_load_spares(spa);
2590 2590 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2591 2591 } else if (error == 0) {
2592 2592 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
2593 2593 }
2594 2594
2595 2595 /*
2596 2596 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
2597 2597 */
2598 2598 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
2599 2599 &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object);
2600 2600 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2601 2601 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2602 2602 if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2603 2603 ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
2604 2604 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
2605 2605 &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0)
2606 2606 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2607 2607
2608 2608 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2609 2609 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
2610 2610 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2611 2611 } else if (error == 0) {
2612 2612 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
2613 2613 }
2614 2614
2615 2615 spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
2616 2616
2617 2617 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object);
2618 2618 if (error && error != ENOENT)
2619 2619 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2620 2620
2621 2621 if (error == 0) {
2622 2622 uint64_t autoreplace;
2623 2623
2624 2624 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
2625 2625 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
2626 2626 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
2627 2627 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
2628 2628 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
2629 2629 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO,
2630 2630 &spa->spa_dedup_ditto);
2631 2631
2632 2632 spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
2633 2633 }
2634 2634
2635 2635 /*
2636 2636 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
2637 2637 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
2638 2638 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
2639 2639 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
2640 2640 * over.
2641 2641 */
2642 2642 if (spa->spa_autoreplace && state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2643 2643 spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2644 2644 /*
2645 2645 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
2646 2646 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
2647 2647 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
2648 2648 */
2649 2649 if (state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
2650 2650 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
2651 2651 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
2652 2652 }
2653 2653 }
2654 2654
2655 2655 /*
2656 2656 * Load the vdev state for all toplevel vdevs.
2657 2657 */
2658 2658 vdev_load(rvd);
2659 2659
2660 2660 /*
2661 2661 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the tree.
2662 2662 */
2663 2663 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2664 2664 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE);
2665 2665 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2666 2666
2667 2667 /*
2668 2668 * Load the DDTs (dedup tables).
2669 2669 */
2670 2670 error = ddt_load(spa);
2671 2671 if (error != 0)
2672 2672 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2673 2673
2674 2674 spa_update_dspace(spa);
2675 2675
2676 2676 /*
2677 2677 * Validate the config, using the MOS config to fill in any
2678 2678 * information which might be missing. If we fail to validate
2679 2679 * the config then declare the pool unfit for use. If we're
2680 2680 * assembling a pool from a split, the log is not transferred
2681 2681 * over.
2682 2682 */
2683 2683 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2684 2684 nvlist_t *nvconfig;
2685 2685
2686 2686 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
2687 2687 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2688 2688
2689 2689 if (!spa_config_valid(spa, nvconfig)) {
2690 2690 nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2691 2691 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
2692 2692 ENXIO));
2693 2693 }
2694 2694 nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2695 2695
2696 2696 /*
2697 2697 * Now that we've validated the config, check the state of the
2698 2698 * root vdev. If it can't be opened, it indicates one or
2699 2699 * more toplevel vdevs are faulted.
2700 2700 */
2701 2701 if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
2702 2702 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2703 2703
2704 2704 if (spa_writeable(spa) && spa_check_logs(spa)) {
2705 2705 *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
2706 2706 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG, ENXIO));
2707 2707 }
2708 2708 }
2709 2709
2710 2710 if (missing_feat_write) {
2711 2711 ASSERT(state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
2712 2712
2713 2713 /*
2714 2714 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
2715 2715 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
2716 2716 * information and can return to userland.
2717 2717 */
2718 2718 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, ENOTSUP));
2719 2719 }
2720 2720
2721 2721 /*
2722 2722 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
2723 2723 * to start pushing transactions.
2724 2724 */
2725 2725 if (state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2726 2726 if (error = spa_load_verify(spa))
2727 2727 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2728 2728 error));
2729 2729 }
2730 2730
2731 2731 if (spa_writeable(spa) && (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
2732 2732 spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
2733 2733 dmu_tx_t *tx;
2734 2734 int need_update = B_FALSE;
2735 2735 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
2736 2736
2737 2737 ASSERT(state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
2738 2738
2739 2739 /*
2740 2740 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
2741 2741 * This must all happen in a single txg.
2742 2742 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
2743 2743 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
2744 2744 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
2745 2745 */
2746 2746 spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
2747 2747
2748 2748 tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa));
2749 2749 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
2750 2750 zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2751 2751 dmu_tx_commit(tx);
2752 2752
2753 2753 spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
2754 2754
2755 2755 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
2756 2756 spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
2757 2757 txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2758 2758
2759 2759 /*
2760 2760 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
2761 2761 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
2762 2762 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
2763 2763 * will have been set for us by either zil_check_log_chain()
2764 2764 * (invoked from spa_check_logs()) or zil_claim() above.
2765 2765 */
2766 2766 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
2767 2767
2768 2768 /*
2769 2769 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
2770 2770 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
2771 2771 *
2772 2772 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
2773 2773 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
2774 2774 */
2775 2775 if (config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
2776 2776 state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2777 2777 state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
2778 2778 (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
2779 2779 need_update = B_TRUE;
2780 2780
2781 2781 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
2782 2782 if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
2783 2783 need_update = B_TRUE;
2784 2784
2785 2785 /*
2786 2786 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the
2787 2787 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
2788 2788 */
2789 2789 if (need_update)
2790 2790 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
2791 2791
2792 2792 /*
2793 2793 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
2794 2794 */
2795 2795 if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
2796 2796 vdev_resilver_needed(rvd, NULL, NULL))
2797 2797 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
2798 2798
2799 2799 /*
2800 2800 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
2801 2801 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
2802 2802 */
2803 2803 spa_history_log_version(spa, "open");
2804 2804
2805 2805 /*
2806 2806 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
2807 2807 */
2808 2808 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
2809 2809 dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2810 2810
2811 2811 /*
2812 2812 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
2813 2813 */
2814 2814 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2815 2815 }
2816 2816
2817 2817 return (0);
2818 2818 }
2819 2819
2820 2820 static int
2821 2821 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig)
2822 2822 {
2823 2823 int mode = spa->spa_mode;
2824 2824
2825 2825 spa_unload(spa);
2826 2826 spa_deactivate(spa);
2827 2827
2828 2828 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1;
2829 2829
2830 2830 spa_activate(spa, mode);
2831 2831 spa_async_suspend(spa);
2832 2832
2833 2833 return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, mosconfig));
2834 2834 }
2835 2835
2836 2836 /*
2837 2837 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
2838 2838 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
2839 2839 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
2840 2840 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
2841 2841 * spa_load().
2842 2842 */
2843 2843 static int
2844 2844 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig,
2845 2845 uint64_t max_request, int rewind_flags)
2846 2846 {
2847 2847 nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
2848 2848 nvlist_t *config = NULL;
2849 2849 int load_error, rewind_error;
2850 2850 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
2851 2851 uint64_t min_txg;
2852 2852
2853 2853 if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2854 2854 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
2855 2855 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
2856 2856 } else {
2857 2857 spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
2858 2858 if (max_request != UINT64_MAX)
2859 2859 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
2860 2860 }
2861 2861
2862 2862 load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING,
2863 2863 mosconfig);
2864 2864 if (load_error == 0)
2865 2865 return (0);
2866 2866
2867 2867 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
2868 2868 config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
2869 2869
2870 2870 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2871 2871 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2872 2872
2873 2873 if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
2874 2874 nvlist_free(config);
2875 2875 return (load_error);
2876 2876 }
2877 2877
2878 2878 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2879 2879 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
2880 2880 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
2881 2881 } else {
2882 2882 /*
2883 2883 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
2884 2884 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
2885 2885 * to rewind.
2886 2886 */
2887 2887 loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
2888 2888 spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2889 2889 }
2890 2890
2891 2891 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
2892 2892 safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
2893 2893 min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
2894 2894 TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
2895 2895
2896 2896 /*
2897 2897 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
2898 2898 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
2899 2899 */
2900 2900 while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
2901 2901 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
2902 2902 if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
2903 2903 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
2904 2904 rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state, mosconfig);
2905 2905 }
2906 2906
2907 2907 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
2908 2908 spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
2909 2909
2910 2910 if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
2911 2911 spa_config_set(spa, config);
2912 2912
2913 2913 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2914 2914 ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
2915 2915 return (rewind_error);
2916 2916 } else {
2917 2917 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
2918 2918 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
2919 2919 spa->spa_load_info);
2920 2920
2921 2921 /* Restore the initial load info */
2922 2922 fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2923 2923 spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
2924 2924
2925 2925 return (load_error);
2926 2926 }
2927 2927 }
2928 2928
2929 2929 /*
2930 2930 * Pool Open/Import
2931 2931 *
2932 2932 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
2933 2933 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
2934 2934 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
2935 2935 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
2936 2936 *
2937 2937 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
2938 2938 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
2939 2939 * ambiguous state.
2940 2940 */
2941 2941 static int
2942 2942 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
2943 2943 nvlist_t **config)
2944 2944 {
2945 2945 spa_t *spa;
2946 2946 spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
2947 2947 int error;
2948 2948 int locked = B_FALSE;
2949 2949
2950 2950 *spapp = NULL;
2951 2951
2952 2952 /*
2953 2953 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
2954 2954 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
2955 2955 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
2956 2956 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
2957 2957 */
2958 2958 if (mutex_owner(&spa_namespace_lock) != curthread) {
2959 2959 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
2960 2960 locked = B_TRUE;
2961 2961 }
2962 2962
2963 2963 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
2964 2964 if (locked)
2965 2965 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2966 2966 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
2967 2967 }
2968 2968
2969 2969 if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
2970 2970 zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
2971 2971
2972 2972 zpool_get_rewind_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
2973 2973 &policy);
2974 2974 if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
2975 2975 state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
2976 2976
2977 2977 spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
2978 2978
2979 2979 if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
2980 2980 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
2981 2981
2982 2982 error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_FALSE, policy.zrp_txg,
2983 2983 policy.zrp_request);
2984 2984
2985 2985 if (error == EBADF) {
2986 2986 /*
2987 2987 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
2988 2988 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
2989 2989 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
2990 2990 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
2991 2991 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
2992 2992 */
2993 2993 spa_unload(spa);
2994 2994 spa_deactivate(spa);
2995 2995 spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
2996 2996 spa_remove(spa);
2997 2997 if (locked)
2998 2998 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2999 2999 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
3000 3000 }
3001 3001
3002 3002 if (error) {
3003 3003 /*
3004 3004 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
3005 3005 * information: the state of each vdev after the
3006 3006 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
3007 3007 */
3008 3008 if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
3009 3009 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config,
3010 3010 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3011 3011 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
3012 3012 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
3013 3013 spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
3014 3014 }
3015 3015 spa_unload(spa);
3016 3016 spa_deactivate(spa);
3017 3017 spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
3018 3018 if (locked)
3019 3019 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3020 3020 *spapp = NULL;
3021 3021 return (error);
3022 3022 }
3023 3023 }
3024 3024
3025 3025 spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
3026 3026
3027 3027 if (config != NULL)
3028 3028 *config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
3029 3029
3030 3030 /*
3031 3031 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
3032 3032 * gathered while doing the load.
3033 3033 */
3034 3034 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
3035 3035 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
3036 3036 spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
3037 3037 }
3038 3038
3039 3039 if (locked) {
3040 3040 spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
3041 3041 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
3042 3042 spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
3043 3043 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3044 3044 }
3045 3045
3046 3046 *spapp = spa;
3047 3047
3048 3048 return (0);
3049 3049 }
3050 3050
3051 3051 int
3052 3052 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
3053 3053 nvlist_t **config)
3054 3054 {
3055 3055 return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
3056 3056 }
3057 3057
3058 3058 int
3059 3059 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
3060 3060 {
3061 3061 return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
3062 3062 }
3063 3063
3064 3064 /*
3065 3065 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
3066 3066 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
3067 3067 */
3068 3068 spa_t *
3069 3069 spa_inject_addref(char *name)
3070 3070 {
3071 3071 spa_t *spa;
3072 3072
3073 3073 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3074 3074 if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
3075 3075 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3076 3076 return (NULL);
3077 3077 }
3078 3078 spa->spa_inject_ref++;
3079 3079 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3080 3080
3081 3081 return (spa);
3082 3082 }
3083 3083
3084 3084 void
3085 3085 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
3086 3086 {
3087 3087 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3088 3088 spa->spa_inject_ref--;
3089 3089 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3090 3090 }
3091 3091
3092 3092 /*
3093 3093 * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
3094 3094 */
3095 3095 static void
3096 3096 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3097 3097 {
3098 3098 nvlist_t **spares;
3099 3099 uint_t i, nspares;
3100 3100 nvlist_t *nvroot;
3101 3101 uint64_t guid;
3102 3102 vdev_stat_t *vs;
3103 3103 uint_t vsc;
3104 3104 uint64_t pool;
3105 3105
3106 3106 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3107 3107
3108 3108 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
3109 3109 return;
3110 3110
3111 3111 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
3112 3112 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
3113 3113 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3114 3114 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
3115 3115 if (nspares != 0) {
3116 3116 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3117 3117 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
3118 3118 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3119 3119 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
3120 3120
3121 3121 /*
3122 3122 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
3123 3123 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
3124 3124 * their status appropriately.
3125 3125 */
3126 3126 for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
3127 3127 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
3128 3128 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
3129 3129 if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
3130 3130 pool != 0ULL) {
3131 3131 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
3132 3132 spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS,
3133 3133 (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0);
3134 3134 vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
3135 3135 vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
3136 3136 }
3137 3137 }
3138 3138 }
3139 3139 }
3140 3140
3141 3141 /*
3142 3142 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
3143 3143 */
3144 3144 static void
3145 3145 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3146 3146 {
3147 3147 nvlist_t **l2cache;
3148 3148 uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
3149 3149 nvlist_t *nvroot;
3150 3150 uint64_t guid;
3151 3151 vdev_t *vd;
3152 3152 vdev_stat_t *vs;
3153 3153 uint_t vsc;
3154 3154
3155 3155 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3156 3156
3157 3157 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
3158 3158 return;
3159 3159
3160 3160 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
3161 3161 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
3162 3162 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3163 3163 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
3164 3164 if (nl2cache != 0) {
3165 3165 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3166 3166 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
3167 3167 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3168 3168 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
3169 3169
3170 3170 /*
3171 3171 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
3172 3172 */
3173 3173
3174 3174 for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
3175 3175 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
3176 3176 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
3177 3177
3178 3178 vd = NULL;
3179 3179 for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
3180 3180 if (guid ==
3181 3181 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
3182 3182 vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
3183 3183 break;
3184 3184 }
3185 3185 }
3186 3186 ASSERT(vd != NULL);
3187 3187
3188 3188 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
3189 3189 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc)
3190 3190 == 0);
3191 3191 vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
3192 3192 }
3193 3193 }
3194 3194 }
3195 3195
3196 3196 static void
3197 3197 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3198 3198 {
3199 3199 nvlist_t *features;
3200 3200 zap_cursor_t zc;
3201 3201 zap_attribute_t za;
3202 3202
3203 3203 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3204 3204 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3205 3205
3206 3206 if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
3207 3207 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
3208 3208 spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
3209 3209 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
3210 3210 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
3211 3211 ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
3212 3212 za.za_num_integers == 1);
3213 3213 VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
3214 3214 za.za_first_integer));
3215 3215 }
3216 3216 zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
3217 3217 }
3218 3218
3219 3219 if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
3220 3220 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
3221 3221 spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
3222 3222 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
3223 3223 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
3224 3224 ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
3225 3225 za.za_num_integers == 1);
3226 3226 VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
3227 3227 za.za_first_integer));
3228 3228 }
3229 3229 zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
3230 3230 }
3231 3231
3232 3232 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
3233 3233 features) == 0);
3234 3234 nvlist_free(features);
3235 3235 }
3236 3236
3237 3237 int
3238 3238 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
3239 3239 char *altroot, size_t buflen)
3240 3240 {
3241 3241 int error;
3242 3242 spa_t *spa;
3243 3243
3244 3244 *config = NULL;
3245 3245 error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
3246 3246
3247 3247 if (spa != NULL) {
3248 3248 /*
3249 3249 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
3250 3250 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
3251 3251 * self-inconsistent.
3252 3252 */
3253 3253 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
3254 3254
3255 3255 if (*config != NULL) {
3256 3256 uint64_t loadtimes[2];
3257 3257
3258 3258 loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
3259 3259 loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
3260 3260 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
3261 3261 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0);
3262 3262
3263 3263 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
3264 3264 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
3265 3265 spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0);
3266 3266
3267 3267 if (spa_suspended(spa))
3268 3268 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
3269 3269 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
3270 3270 spa->spa_failmode) == 0);
3271 3271
3272 3272 spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
3273 3273 spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
3274 3274 spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
3275 3275 }
3276 3276 }
3277 3277
3278 3278 /*
3279 3279 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
3280 3280 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
3281 3281 */
3282 3282 if (altroot) {
3283 3283 if (spa == NULL) {
3284 3284 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3285 3285 spa = spa_lookup(name);
3286 3286 if (spa)
3287 3287 spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
3288 3288 else
3289 3289 altroot[0] = '\0';
3290 3290 spa = NULL;
3291 3291 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3292 3292 } else {
3293 3293 spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
3294 3294 }
3295 3295 }
3296 3296
3297 3297 if (spa != NULL) {
3298 3298 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
3299 3299 spa_close(spa, FTAG);
3300 3300 }
3301 3301
3302 3302 return (error);
3303 3303 }
3304 3304
3305 3305 /*
3306 3306 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
3307 3307 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
3308 3308 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
3309 3309 * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
3310 3310 */
3311 3311 static int
3312 3312 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
3313 3313 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
3314 3314 vdev_labeltype_t label)
3315 3315 {
3316 3316 nvlist_t **dev;
3317 3317 uint_t i, ndev;
3318 3318 vdev_t *vd;
3319 3319 int error;
3320 3320
3321 3321 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
3322 3322
3323 3323 /*
3324 3324 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
3325 3325 */
3326 3326 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
3327 3327 return (0);
3328 3328
3329 3329 if (ndev == 0)
3330 3330 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
3331 3331
3332 3332 /*
3333 3333 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
3334 3334 * device type.
3335 3335 */
3336 3336 if (spa_version(spa) < version)
3337 3337 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
3338 3338
3339 3339 /*
3340 3340 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
3341 3341 * checking.
3342 3342 */
3343 3343 sav->sav_pending = dev;
3344 3344 sav->sav_npending = ndev;
3345 3345
3346 3346 for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
3347 3347 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
3348 3348 mode)) != 0)
3349 3349 goto out;
3350 3350
3351 3351 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
3352 3352 vdev_free(vd);
3353 3353 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3354 3354 goto out;
3355 3355 }
3356 3356
3357 3357 /*
3358 3358 * The L2ARC currently only supports disk devices in
3359 3359 * kernel context. For user-level testing, we allow it.
3360 3360 */
3361 3361 #ifdef _KERNEL
3362 3362 if ((strcmp(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE) == 0) &&
3363 3363 strcmp(vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_type, VDEV_TYPE_DISK) != 0) {
3364 3364 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTBLK);
3365 3365 vdev_free(vd);
3366 3366 goto out;
3367 3367 }
3368 3368 #endif
3369 3369 vd->vdev_top = vd;
3370 3370
3371 3371 if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
3372 3372 (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
3373 3373 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
3374 3374 vd->vdev_guid) == 0);
3375 3375 }
3376 3376
3377 3377 vdev_free(vd);
3378 3378
3379 3379 if (error &&
3380 3380 (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
3381 3381 goto out;
3382 3382 else
3383 3383 error = 0;
3384 3384 }
3385 3385
3386 3386 out:
3387 3387 sav->sav_pending = NULL;
3388 3388 sav->sav_npending = 0;
3389 3389 return (error);
3390 3390 }
3391 3391
3392 3392 static int
3393 3393 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
3394 3394 {
3395 3395 int error;
3396 3396
3397 3397 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
3398 3398
3399 3399 if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
3400 3400 &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
3401 3401 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
3402 3402 return (error);
3403 3403 }
3404 3404
3405 3405 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
3406 3406 &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
3407 3407 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
3408 3408 }
3409 3409
3410 3410 static void
3411 3411 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
3412 3412 const char *config)
3413 3413 {
3414 3414 int i;
3415 3415
3416 3416 if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
3417 3417 nvlist_t **olddevs;
3418 3418 uint_t oldndevs;
3419 3419 nvlist_t **newdevs;
3420 3420
3421 3421 /*
3422 3422 * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the
3423 3423 * current dev list.
3424 3424 */
3425 3425 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
3426 3426 &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0);
3427 3427
3428 3428 newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
3429 3429 (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
3430 3430 for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
3431 3431 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i],
3432 3432 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3433 3433 for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
3434 3434 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs],
3435 3435 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3436 3436
3437 3437 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config,
3438 3438 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
3439 3439
3440 3440 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
3441 3441 config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0);
3442 3442 for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
3443 3443 nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
3444 3444 kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
3445 3445 } else {
3446 3446 /*
3447 3447 * Generate a new dev list.
3448 3448 */
3449 3449 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
3450 3450 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3451 3451 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
3452 3452 devs, ndevs) == 0);
3453 3453 }
3454 3454 }
3455 3455
3456 3456 /*
3457 3457 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
3458 3458 */
3459 3459 void
3460 3460 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
3461 3461 {
3462 3462 vdev_t *vd;
3463 3463 int i;
3464 3464 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
3465 3465
3466 3466 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
3467 3467 uint64_t pool;
3468 3468
3469 3469 vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
3470 3470 ASSERT(vd != NULL);
3471 3471
3472 3472 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
3473 3473 pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
3474 3474 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
3475 3475 }
3476 3476 }
3477 3477
3478 3478 /*
3479 3479 * Pool Creation
3480 3480 */
3481 3481 int
3482 3482 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
3483 3483 nvlist_t *zplprops)
3484 3484 {
3485 3485 spa_t *spa;
3486 3486 char *altroot = NULL;
3487 3487 vdev_t *rvd;
3488 3488 dsl_pool_t *dp;
3489 3489 dmu_tx_t *tx;
3490 3490 int error = 0;
3491 3491 uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
3492 3492 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
3493 3493 uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
3494 3494 uint64_t version, obj;
3495 3495 boolean_t has_features;
3496 3496
3497 3497 /*
3498 3498 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
3499 3499 */
3500 3500 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3501 3501 if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
3502 3502 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3503 3503 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
3504 3504 }
3505 3505
3506 3506 /*
3507 3507 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
3508 3508 */
3509 3509 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
3510 3510 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
3511 3511 spa = spa_add(pool, NULL, altroot);
3512 3512 spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
3513 3513
3514 3514 if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
3515 3515 spa_deactivate(spa);
3516 3516 spa_remove(spa);
3517 3517 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3518 3518 return (error);
3519 3519 }
3520 3520
3521 3521 has_features = B_FALSE;
3522 3522 for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
3523 3523 elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
3524 3524 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)))
3525 3525 has_features = B_TRUE;
3526 3526 }
3527 3527
3528 3528 if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
3529 3529 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
3530 3530 version = SPA_VERSION;
3531 3531 }
3532 3532 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
3533 3533
3534 3534 spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
3535 3535 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
3536 3536 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
3537 3537 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
3538 3538
3539 3539 /*
3540 3540 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3541 3541 */
3542 3542 spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
3543 3543 KM_SLEEP);
3544 3544 for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
3545 3545 spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
3546 3546 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
3547 3547 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
3548 3548 }
3549 3549
3550 3550 /*
3551 3551 * Create the root vdev.
3552 3552 */
3553 3553 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3554 3554
3555 3555 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
3556 3556
3557 3557 ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
3558 3558 ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
3559 3559
3560 3560 if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
3561 3561 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3562 3562
3563 3563 if (error == 0 &&
3564 3564 (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
3565 3565 (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg,
3566 3566 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
3567 3567 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
3568 3568 vdev_metaslab_set_size(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
3569 3569 vdev_expand(rvd->vdev_child[c], txg);
3570 3570 }
3571 3571 }
3572 3572
3573 3573 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3574 3574
3575 3575 if (error != 0) {
3576 3576 spa_unload(spa);
3577 3577 spa_deactivate(spa);
3578 3578 spa_remove(spa);
3579 3579 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3580 3580 return (error);
3581 3581 }
3582 3582
3583 3583 /*
3584 3584 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
3585 3585 */
3586 3586 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
3587 3587 &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
3588 3588 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
3589 3589 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3590 3590 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3591 3591 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
3592 3592 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3593 3593 spa_load_spares(spa);
3594 3594 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3595 3595 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3596 3596 }
3597 3597
3598 3598 /*
3599 3599 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
3600 3600 */
3601 3601 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
3602 3602 &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
3603 3603 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3604 3604 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3605 3605 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3606 3606 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
3607 3607 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3608 3608 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
3609 3609 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3610 3610 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3611 3611 }
3612 3612
3613 3613 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
3614 3614 spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, txg);
3615 3615 spa->spa_meta_objset = dp->dp_meta_objset;
3616 3616 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
3617 3617
3618 3618 /*
3619 3619 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
3620 3620 */
3621 3621 ddt_create(spa);
3622 3622
3623 3623 spa_update_dspace(spa);
3624 3624
3625 3625 tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
3626 3626
3627 3627 /*
3628 3628 * Create the pool config object.
3629 3629 */
3630 3630 spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3631 3631 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
3632 3632 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
3633 3633
3634 3634 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3635 3635 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
3636 3636 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
3637 3637 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
3638 3638 }
3639 3639
3640 3640 if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES)
3641 3641 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
3642 3642
3643 3643 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3644 3644 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
3645 3645 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
3646 3646 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
3647 3647 }
3648 3648
3649 3649 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
3650 3650 if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
3651 3651 spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
3652 3652 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3653 3653 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
3654 3654 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
3655 3655 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
3656 3656 }
3657 3657 }
3658 3658
3659 3659 /*
3660 3660 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
3661 3661 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
3662 3662 * keeps changing.
3663 3663 */
3664 3664 obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
3665 3665 dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
3666 3666 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
3667 3667 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3668 3668 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
3669 3669 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
3670 3670 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
3671 3671 }
3672 3672 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
3673 3673 spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
3674 3674
3675 3675 /*
3676 3676 * Create the pool's history object.
3677 3677 */
3678 3678 if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY)
3679 3679 spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
3680 3680
3681 3681 /*
3682 3682 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
3683 3683 */
3684 3684 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
3685 3685 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
3686 3686
3687 3687 /*
3688 3688 * Set pool properties.
3689 3689 */
3690 3690 spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
3691 3691 spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
3692 3692 spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
3693 3693 spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
3694 3694
3695 3695 if (props != NULL) {
3696 3696 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
3697 3697 spa_sync_props(props, tx);
3698 3698 }
3699 3699
3700 3700 dmu_tx_commit(tx);
3701 3701
3702 3702 spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
3703 3703 txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3704 3704
3705 3705 /*
3706 3706 * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our
3707 3707 * bean counters are appropriately updated.
3708 3708 */
3709 3709 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
3710 3710
3711 3711 spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
3712 3712 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE);
3713 3713
3714 3714 spa_history_log_version(spa, "create");
3715 3715
3716 3716 /*
3717 3717 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
3718 3718 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
3719 3719 */
3720 3720 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
3721 3721 spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
3722 3722
3723 3723 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3724 3724
3725 3725 return (0);
3726 3726 }
3727 3727
3728 3728 #ifdef _KERNEL
3729 3729 /*
3730 3730 * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool
3731 3731 * during the system boot up time.
3732 3732 */
3733 3733 extern int vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(char *, char *, nvlist_t **);
3734 3734
3735 3735 static nvlist_t *
3736 3736 spa_generate_rootconf(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t *guid)
3737 3737 {
3738 3738 nvlist_t *config;
3739 3739 nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot;
3740 3740 uint64_t pgid;
3741 3741
3742 3742 if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0)
3743 3743 return (NULL);
3744 3744
3745 3745 /*
3746 3746 * Add this top-level vdev to the child array.
3747 3747 */
3748 3748 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
3749 3749 &nvtop) == 0);
3750 3750 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
3751 3751 &pgid) == 0);
3752 3752 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0);
3753 3753
3754 3754 /*
3755 3755 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
3756 3756 */
3757 3757 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3758 3758 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
3759 3759 VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
3760 3760 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
3761 3761 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
3762 3762 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
3763 3763 &nvtop, 1) == 0);
3764 3764
3765 3765 /*
3766 3766 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
3767 3767 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
3768 3768 */
3769 3769 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
3770 3770 nvlist_free(nvroot);
3771 3771 return (config);
3772 3772 }
3773 3773
3774 3774 /*
3775 3775 * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better"
3776 3776 * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that
3777 3777 * device has a more recent txg.
3778 3778 */
3779 3779 static void
3780 3780 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg)
3781 3781 {
3782 3782 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
3783 3783 spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg);
3784 3784
3785 3785 if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
3786 3786 nvlist_t *label;
3787 3787 uint64_t label_txg;
3788 3788
3789 3789 if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid,
3790 3790 &label) != 0)
3791 3791 return;
3792 3792
3793 3793 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
3794 3794 &label_txg) == 0);
3795 3795
3796 3796 /*
3797 3797 * Do we have a better boot device?
3798 3798 */
3799 3799 if (label_txg > *txg) {
3800 3800 *txg = label_txg;
3801 3801 *avd = vd;
3802 3802 }
3803 3803 nvlist_free(label);
3804 3804 }
3805 3805 }
3806 3806
3807 3807 /*
3808 3808 * Import a root pool.
3809 3809 *
3810 3810 * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of
3811 3811 * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd@SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a").
3812 3812 * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot.
3813 3813 *
3814 3814 * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device
3815 3815 * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool.
3816 3816 * e.g.
3817 3817 * "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"
3818 3818 */
3819 3819 int
3820 3820 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid)
3821 3821 {
3822 3822 spa_t *spa;
3823 3823 vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
3824 3824 nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
3825 3825 uint64_t guid, txg;
3826 3826 char *pname;
3827 3827 int error;
3828 3828
3829 3829 /*
3830 3830 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
3831 3831 */
3832 3832 config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
3833 3833 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL)
3834 3834 if (config == NULL) {
3835 3835 if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) {
3836 3836 /* iscsi boot */
3837 3837 get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath);
3838 3838 config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
3839 3839 }
3840 3840 }
3841 3841 #endif
3842 3842 if (config == NULL) {
3843 3843 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'",
3844 3844 devpath);
3845 3845 return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
3846 3846 }
3847 3847
3848 3848 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
3849 3849 &pname) == 0);
3850 3850 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0);
3851 3851
3852 3852 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3853 3853 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
3854 3854 /*
3855 3855 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we
3856 3856 * can replace it with the correct config we just read in.
3857 3857 */
3858 3858 spa_remove(spa);
3859 3859 }
3860 3860
3861 3861 spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
3862 3862 spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
3863 3863 spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
3864 3864
3865 3865 /*
3866 3866 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
3867 3867 */
3868 3868 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
3869 3869 &nvtop) == 0);
3870 3870 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3871 3871 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
3872 3872 VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
3873 3873 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3874 3874 if (error) {
3875 3875 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3876 3876 nvlist_free(config);
3877 3877 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
3878 3878 pname);
3879 3879 return (error);
3880 3880 }
3881 3881
3882 3882 /*
3883 3883 * Get the boot vdev.
3884 3884 */
3885 3885 if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) {
3886 3886 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu",
3887 3887 (u_longlong_t)guid);
3888 3888 error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
3889 3889 goto out;
3890 3890 }
3891 3891
3892 3892 /*
3893 3893 * Determine if there is a better boot device.
3894 3894 */
3895 3895 avd = bvd;
3896 3896 spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg);
3897 3897 if (avd != bvd) {
3898 3898 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please "
3899 3899 "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path);
3900 3900 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3901 3901 goto out;
3902 3902 }
3903 3903
3904 3904 /*
3905 3905 * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that
3906 3906 * we're booting off the active spare.
3907 3907 */
3908 3908 if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
3909 3909 !bvd->vdev_isspare) {
3910 3910 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please "
3911 3911 "try booting from '%s'",
3912 3912 bvd->vdev_parent->
3913 3913 vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path);
3914 3914 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3915 3915 goto out;
3916 3916 }
3917 3917
3918 3918 error = 0;
3919 3919 out:
3920 3920 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3921 3921 vdev_free(rvd);
3922 3922 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3923 3923 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3924 3924
3925 3925 nvlist_free(config);
3926 3926 return (error);
3927 3927 }
3928 3928
3929 3929 #endif
3930 3930
3931 3931 /*
3932 3932 * Import a non-root pool into the system.
3933 3933 */
3934 3934 int
3935 3935 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
3936 3936 {
3937 3937 spa_t *spa;
3938 3938 char *altroot = NULL;
3939 3939 spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
3940 3940 zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
3941 3941 uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global;
3942 3942 uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
3943 3943 int error;
3944 3944 nvlist_t *nvroot;
3945 3945 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
3946 3946 uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
3947 3947
3948 3948 /*
3949 3949 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
3950 3950 */
3951 3951 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3952 3952 if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
3953 3953 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3954 3954 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
3955 3955 }
3956 3956
3957 3957 /*
3958 3958 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
3959 3959 */
3960 3960 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
3961 3961 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
3962 3962 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
3963 3963 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
3964 3964 if (readonly)
3965 3965 mode = FREAD;
3966 3966 spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
3967 3967 spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
3968 3968
3969 3969 /*
3970 3970 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
3971 3971 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
3972 3972 */
3973 3973 if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
3974 3974 if (props != NULL)
3975 3975 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
3976 3976
3977 3977 spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
3978 3978 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
3979 3979
3980 3980 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3981 3981 return (0);
3982 3982 }
3983 3983
3984 3984 spa_activate(spa, mode);
3985 3985
3986 3986 /*
3987 3987 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
3988 3988 */
3989 3989 spa_async_suspend(spa);
3990 3990
3991 3991 zpool_get_rewind_policy(config, &policy);
3992 3992 if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
3993 3993 state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
3994 3994
3995 3995 /*
3996 3996 * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load(). Pass TRUE for mosconfig
3997 3997 * because the user-supplied config is actually the one to trust when
3998 3998 * doing an import.
3999 3999 */
4000 4000 if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
4001 4001 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4002 4002
4003 4003 error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_TRUE, policy.zrp_txg,
4004 4004 policy.zrp_request);
4005 4005
4006 4006 /*
4007 4007 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
4008 4008 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
4009 4009 */
4010 4010 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4011 4011 spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4012 4012
4013 4013 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4014 4014 /*
4015 4015 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
4016 4016 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
4017 4017 */
4018 4018 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
4019 4019 nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
4020 4020 spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
4021 4021 spa_load_spares(spa);
4022 4022 }
4023 4023 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
4024 4024 nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
4025 4025 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
4026 4026 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4027 4027 }
4028 4028
4029 4029 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
4030 4030 &nvroot) == 0);
4031 4031 if (error == 0)
4032 4032 error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
4033 4033 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE);
4034 4034 if (error == 0)
4035 4035 error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
4036 4036 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE);
4037 4037 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4038 4038
4039 4039 if (props != NULL)
4040 4040 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
4041 4041
4042 4042 if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
4043 4043 (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
4044 4044 spa_unload(spa);
4045 4045 spa_deactivate(spa);
4046 4046 spa_remove(spa);
4047 4047 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4048 4048 return (error);
4049 4049 }
4050 4050
4051 4051 spa_async_resume(spa);
4052 4052
4053 4053 /*
4054 4054 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
4055 4055 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
4056 4056 */
4057 4057 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
4058 4058 &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
4059 4059 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
4060 4060 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4061 4061 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
4062 4062 else
4063 4063 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4064 4064 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4065 4065 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4066 4066 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
4067 4067 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4068 4068 spa_load_spares(spa);
4069 4069 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4070 4070 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4071 4071 }
4072 4072 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
4073 4073 &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
4074 4074 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
4075 4075 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4076 4076 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
4077 4077 else
4078 4078 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4079 4079 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4080 4080 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4081 4081 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
4082 4082 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4083 4083 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4084 4084 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4085 4085 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4086 4086 }
4087 4087
4088 4088 /*
4089 4089 * Check for any removed devices.
4090 4090 */
4091 4091 if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
4092 4092 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
4093 4093 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
4094 4094 }
4095 4095
4096 4096 if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
4097 4097 /*
4098 4098 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
4099 4099 */
4100 4100 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
4101 4101 }
4102 4102
4103 4103 /*
4104 4104 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
4105 4105 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
4106 4106 */
4107 4107 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
4108 4108
4109 4109 spa_history_log_version(spa, "import");
4110 4110
4111 4111 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
4112 4112
4113 4113 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4114 4114
4115 4115 return (0);
4116 4116 }
4117 4117
4118 4118 nvlist_t *
4119 4119 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
4120 4120 {
4121 4121 nvlist_t *config = NULL;
4122 4122 char *poolname;
4123 4123 spa_t *spa;
4124 4124 uint64_t state;
4125 4125 int error;
4126 4126
4127 4127 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
4128 4128 return (NULL);
4129 4129
4130 4130 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
4131 4131 return (NULL);
4132 4132
4133 4133 /*
4134 4134 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
4135 4135 */
4136 4136 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4137 4137 spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
4138 4138 spa_activate(spa, FREAD);
4139 4139
4140 4140 /*
4141 4141 * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load().
4142 4142 * Pass TRUE for mosconfig because the user-supplied config
4143 4143 * is actually the one to trust when doing an import.
4144 4144 */
4145 4145 error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE);
4146 4146
4147 4147 /*
4148 4148 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
4149 4149 */
4150 4150 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
4151 4151 config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4152 4152 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
4153 4153 poolname) == 0);
4154 4154 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
4155 4155 state) == 0);
4156 4156 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
4157 4157 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0);
4158 4158 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4159 4159 spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4160 4160
4161 4161 /*
4162 4162 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
4163 4163 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
4164 4164 * pools are bootable.
4165 4165 */
4166 4166 if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
4167 4167 char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
4168 4168
4169 4169 /*
4170 4170 * We have to play games with the name since the
4171 4171 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
4172 4172 */
4173 4173 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
4174 4174 spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
4175 4175 char *cp;
4176 4176 char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
4177 4177
4178 4178 cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
4179 4179 if (cp == NULL) {
4180 4180 (void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
4181 4181 MAXPATHLEN);
4182 4182 } else {
4183 4183 (void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
4184 4184 "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
4185 4185 }
4186 4186 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config,
4187 4187 ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0);
4188 4188 kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
4189 4189 }
4190 4190 kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
4191 4191 }
4192 4192
4193 4193 /*
4194 4194 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
4195 4195 */
4196 4196 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
4197 4197 spa_add_spares(spa, config);
4198 4198 spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
4199 4199 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
4200 4200 }
4201 4201
4202 4202 spa_unload(spa);
4203 4203 spa_deactivate(spa);
4204 4204 spa_remove(spa);
4205 4205 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4206 4206
4207 4207 return (config);
4208 4208 }
4209 4209
4210 4210 /*
4211 4211 * Pool export/destroy
4212 4212 *
4213 4213 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
4214 4214 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
4215 4215 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
4216 4216 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
4217 4217 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
4218 4218 */
4219 4219 static int
4220 4220 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
4221 4221 boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
4222 4222 {
4223 4223 spa_t *spa;
4224 4224
4225 4225 if (oldconfig)
4226 4226 *oldconfig = NULL;
4227 4227
4228 4228 if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE))
4229 4229 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
4230 4230
4231 4231 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4232 4232 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
4233 4233 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4234 4234 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4235 4235 }
4236 4236
4237 4237 /*
4238 4238 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
4239 4239 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
4240 4240 */
4241 4241 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
4242 4242 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4243 4243 spa_async_suspend(spa);
4244 4244 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4245 4245 spa_close(spa, FTAG);
4246 4246
4247 4247 /*
4248 4248 * The pool will be in core if it's openable,
4249 4249 * in which case we can modify its state.
4250 4250 */
4251 4251 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) {
4252 4252 /*
4253 4253 * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we
4254 4254 * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
4255 4255 */
4256 4256 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
4257 4257 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
4258 4258
4259 4259 /*
4260 4260 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
4261 4261 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
4262 4262 * fault injection handlers.
4263 4263 */
4264 4264 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) ||
4265 4265 (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 &&
4266 4266 new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) {
4267 4267 spa_async_resume(spa);
4268 4268 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4269 4269 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
4270 4270 }
4271 4271
4272 4272 /*
4273 4273 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
4274 4274 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
4275 4275 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
4276 4276 * be forcedly exported.
4277 4277 */
4278 4278 if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
4279 4279 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
4280 4280 spa_async_resume(spa);
4281 4281 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4282 4282 return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV));
4283 4283 }
4284 4284
4285 4285 /*
4286 4286 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
4287 4287 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
4288 4288 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
4289 4289 */
4290 4290 if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
4291 4291 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4292 4292 spa->spa_state = new_state;
4293 4293 spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
4294 4294 TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
4295 4295 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4296 4296 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4297 4297 }
4298 4298 }
4299 4299
4300 4300 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
4301 4301
4302 4302 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4303 4303 spa_unload(spa);
4304 4304 spa_deactivate(spa);
4305 4305 }
4306 4306
4307 4307 if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
4308 4308 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0);
4309 4309
4310 4310 if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4311 4311 if (!hardforce)
4312 4312 spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
4313 4313 spa_remove(spa);
4314 4314 }
4315 4315 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4316 4316
4317 4317 return (0);
4318 4318 }
4319 4319
4320 4320 /*
4321 4321 * Destroy a storage pool.
4322 4322 */
4323 4323 int
4324 4324 spa_destroy(char *pool)
4325 4325 {
4326 4326 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
4327 4327 B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
4328 4328 }
4329 4329
4330 4330 /*
4331 4331 * Export a storage pool.
4332 4332 */
4333 4333 int
4334 4334 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
4335 4335 boolean_t hardforce)
4336 4336 {
4337 4337 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
4338 4338 force, hardforce));
4339 4339 }
4340 4340
4341 4341 /*
4342 4342 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
4343 4343 * from the namespace in any way.
4344 4344 */
4345 4345 int
4346 4346 spa_reset(char *pool)
4347 4347 {
4348 4348 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
4349 4349 B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
4350 4350 }
4351 4351
4352 4352 /*
4353 4353 * ==========================================================================
4354 4354 * Device manipulation
4355 4355 * ==========================================================================
4356 4356 */
4357 4357
4358 4358 /*
4359 4359 * Add a device to a storage pool.
4360 4360 */
4361 4361 int
4362 4362 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
4363 4363 {
4364 4364 uint64_t txg, id;
4365 4365 int error;
4366 4366 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4367 4367 vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
4368 4368 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
4369 4369 uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
4370 4370
4371 4371 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4372 4372
4373 4373 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4374 4374
4375 4375 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
4376 4376 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
4377 4377 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
4378 4378
4379 4379 spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
4380 4380
4381 4381 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
4382 4382 &nspares) != 0)
4383 4383 nspares = 0;
4384 4384
4385 4385 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
4386 4386 &nl2cache) != 0)
4387 4387 nl2cache = 0;
4388 4388
4389 4389 if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
4390 4390 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
4391 4391
4392 4392 if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
4393 4393 (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0)
4394 4394 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
4395 4395
4396 4396 /*
4397 4397 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
4398 4398 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
4399 4399 */
4400 4400 if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
4401 4401 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
4402 4402
4403 4403 /*
4404 4404 * Transfer each new top-level vdev from vd to rvd.
4405 4405 */
4406 4406 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
4407 4407
4408 4408 /*
4409 4409 * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists.
4410 4410 */
4411 4411 for (id = 0; id < rvd->vdev_children; id++) {
4412 4412 if (rvd->vdev_child[id]->vdev_ishole) {
4413 4413 vdev_free(rvd->vdev_child[id]);
4414 4414 break;
4415 4415 }
4416 4416 }
4417 4417 tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
4418 4418 vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
4419 4419 tvd->vdev_id = id;
4420 4420 vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
4421 4421 vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
4422 4422 }
4423 4423
4424 4424 if (nspares != 0) {
4425 4425 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
4426 4426 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
4427 4427 spa_load_spares(spa);
4428 4428 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4429 4429 }
4430 4430
4431 4431 if (nl2cache != 0) {
4432 4432 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
4433 4433 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
4434 4434 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4435 4435 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4436 4436 }
4437 4437
4438 4438 /*
4439 4439 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
4440 4440 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
4441 4441 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
4442 4442 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
4443 4443 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
4444 4444 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
4445 4445 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
4446 4446 *
4447 4447 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
4448 4448 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
4449 4449 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
4450 4450 */
4451 4451 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
4452 4452
4453 4453 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4454 4454 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
4455 4455 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD);
4456 4456 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4457 4457
4458 4458 return (0);
4459 4459 }
4460 4460
4461 4461 /*
4462 4462 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device
4463 4463 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies
4464 4464 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
4465 4465 *
4466 4466 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
4467 4467 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
4468 4468 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
4469 4469 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
4470 4470 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
4471 4471 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
4472 4472 * is automatically detached.
4473 4473 */
4474 4474 int
4475 4475 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing)
4476 4476 {
4477 4477 uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
4478 4478 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4479 4479 vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
4480 4480 vdev_ops_t *pvops;
4481 4481 char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
4482 4482 int newvd_isspare;
4483 4483 int error;
4484 4484
4485 4485 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4486 4486
4487 4487 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4488 4488
4489 4489 oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
4490 4490
4491 4491 if (oldvd == NULL)
4492 4492 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
4493 4493
4494 4494 if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4495 4495 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4496 4496
4497 4497 pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
4498 4498
4499 4499 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
4500 4500 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
4501 4501 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
4502 4502
4503 4503 if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
4504 4504 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
4505 4505
4506 4506 newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
4507 4507
4508 4508 if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4509 4509 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
4510 4510
4511 4511 if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
4512 4512 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
4513 4513
4514 4514 /*
4515 4515 * Spares can't replace logs
4516 4516 */
4517 4517 if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare)
4518 4518 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4519 4519
4520 4520 if (!replacing) {
4521 4521 /*
4522 4522 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
4523 4523 * vdev.
4524 4524 */
4525 4525 if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
4526 4526 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
4527 4527 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4528 4528
4529 4529 pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
4530 4530 } else {
4531 4531 /*
4532 4532 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
4533 4533 * spares.
4534 4534 */
4535 4535 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4536 4536 oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
4537 4537 !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
4538 4538 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4539 4539
4540 4540 /*
4541 4541 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
4542 4542 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
4543 4543 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
4544 4544 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
4545 4545 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
4546 4546 * non-spare).
4547 4547 */
4548 4548 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
4549 4549 spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
4550 4550 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4551 4551 } else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4552 4552 newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
4553 4553 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4554 4554 }
4555 4555
4556 4556 if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
4557 4557 pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
4558 4558 else
4559 4559 pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
4560 4560 }
4561 4561
4562 4562 /*
4563 4563 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
4564 4564 */
4565 4565 if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
4566 4566 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
4567 4567
4568 4568 /*
4569 4569 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
4570 4570 * than the top-level vdev.
4571 4571 */
4572 4572 if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
4573 4573 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM));
4574 4574
4575 4575 /*
4576 4576 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
4577 4577 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
4578 4578 */
4579 4579 if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
4580 4580 spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
4581 4581 oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
4582 4582 KM_SLEEP);
4583 4583 (void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s",
4584 4584 newvd->vdev_path, "old");
4585 4585 if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
4586 4586 spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
4587 4587 oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
4588 4588 }
4589 4589 }
4590 4590
4591 4591 /* mark the device being resilvered */
4592 4592 newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg;
4593 4593
4594 4594 /*
4595 4595 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
4596 4596 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
4597 4597 */
4598 4598 if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
4599 4599 pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
4600 4600
4601 4601 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
4602 4602 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
4603 4603 ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
4604 4604
4605 4605 /*
4606 4606 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
4607 4607 */
4608 4608 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
4609 4609 newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
4610 4610 newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
4611 4611 vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
4612 4612
4613 4613 tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
4614 4614 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
4615 4615 ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
4616 4616
4617 4617 vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
4618 4618
4619 4619 /*
4620 4620 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
4621 4621 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
4622 4622 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
4623 4623 */
4624 4624 dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
4625 4625
4626 4626 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL,
4627 4627 dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
4628 4628
4629 4629 if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
4630 4630 spa_spare_activate(newvd);
4631 4631 spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
4632 4632 }
4633 4633
4634 4634 oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
4635 4635 newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
4636 4636 newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
4637 4637
4638 4638 /*
4639 4639 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
4640 4640 */
4641 4641 vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
4642 4642
4643 4643 /*
4644 4644 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to
4645 4645 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
4646 4646 * respective datasets.
4647 4647 */
4648 4648 dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg);
4649 4649
4650 4650 if (spa->spa_bootfs)
4651 4651 spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
4652 4652
4653 4653 spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
4654 4654
4655 4655 /*
4656 4656 * Commit the config
4657 4657 */
4658 4658 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
4659 4659
4660 4660 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
4661 4661 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
4662 4662 replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
4663 4663 replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
4664 4664 replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
4665 4665
4666 4666 spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
4667 4667 spa_strfree(newvdpath);
4668 4668
4669 4669 return (0);
4670 4670 }
4671 4671
4672 4672 /*
4673 4673 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
4674 4674 *
4675 4675 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
4676 4676 * is a replacing vdev.
4677 4677 */
4678 4678 int
4679 4679 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
4680 4680 {
4681 4681 uint64_t txg;
4682 4682 int error;
4683 4683 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4684 4684 vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
4685 4685 boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
4686 4686 uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
4687 4687 char *vdpath;
4688 4688
4689 4689 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4690 4690
4691 4691 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4692 4692
4693 4693 vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
4694 4694
4695 4695 if (vd == NULL)
4696 4696 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
4697 4697
4698 4698 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4699 4699 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4700 4700
4701 4701 pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
4702 4702
4703 4703 /*
4704 4704 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
4705 4705 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
4706 4706 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
4707 4707 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
4708 4708 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
4709 4709 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
4710 4710 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
4711 4711 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
4712 4712 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
4713 4713 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
4714 4714 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
4715 4715 */
4716 4716 if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
4717 4717 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
4718 4718
4719 4719 /*
4720 4720 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
4721 4721 */
4722 4722 if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
4723 4723 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
4724 4724 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4725 4725
4726 4726 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
4727 4727 spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
4728 4728
4729 4729 /*
4730 4730 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
4731 4731 */
4732 4732 if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
4733 4733 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
4734 4734 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
4735 4735 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4736 4736
4737 4737 /*
4738 4738 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
4739 4739 * we cannot safely detach it.
4740 4740 */
4741 4741 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
4742 4742 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
4743 4743
4744 4744 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
4745 4745
4746 4746 /*
4747 4747 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
4748 4748 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
4749 4749 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
4750 4750 */
4751 4751 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
4752 4752 vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
4753 4753 size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
4754 4754
4755 4755 for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
4756 4756 cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
4757 4757
4758 4758 if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
4759 4759 continue;
4760 4760
4761 4761 if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
4762 4762 strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
4763 4763 spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
4764 4764 cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
4765 4765 break;
4766 4766 }
4767 4767 }
4768 4768 }
4769 4769
4770 4770 /*
4771 4771 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
4772 4772 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
4773 4773 * active spare list for the pool.
4774 4774 */
4775 4775 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4776 4776 vd->vdev_id == 0 &&
4777 4777 pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare)
4778 4778 unspare = B_TRUE;
4779 4779
4780 4780 /*
4781 4781 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
4782 4782 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
4783 4783 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
4784 4784 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
4785 4785 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
4786 4786 * it's being detached!
4787 4787 */
4788 4788 error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
4789 4789
4790 4790 /*
4791 4791 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
4792 4792 */
4793 4793 vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
4794 4794 vdev_compact_children(pvd);
4795 4795
4796 4796 /*
4797 4797 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
4798 4798 */
4799 4799 cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
4800 4800
4801 4801 /*
4802 4802 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
4803 4803 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
4804 4804 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
4805 4805 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
4806 4806 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
4807 4807 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
4808 4808 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
4809 4809 */
4810 4810 if (unspare) {
4811 4811 ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
4812 4812 spa_spare_remove(cvd);
4813 4813 unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
4814 4814 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
4815 4815 cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
4816 4816 }
4817 4817
4818 4818 /*
4819 4819 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
4820 4820 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
4821 4821 */
4822 4822 if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
4823 4823 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
4824 4824 cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
4825 4825 vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
4826 4826 }
4827 4827
4828 4828
4829 4829 /*
4830 4830 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
4831 4831 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
4832 4832 */
4833 4833 tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
4834 4834 ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
4835 4835
4836 4836 /*
4837 4837 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
4838 4838 */
4839 4839 vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
4840 4840
4841 4841 /*
4842 4842 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
4843 4843 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
4844 4844 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
4845 4845 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
4846 4846 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
4847 4847 */
4848 4848 if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
4849 4849 vdev_reopen(tvd);
4850 4850 vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
4851 4851 }
4852 4852
4853 4853 vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
4854 4854
4855 4855 /*
4856 4856 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
4857 4857 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
4858 4858 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
4859 4859 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
4860 4860 */
4861 4861 vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
4862 4862 for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
4863 4863 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
4864 4864 vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
4865 4865 vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
4866 4866
4867 4867 spa_event_notify(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
4868 4868
4869 4869 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
4870 4870 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
4871 4871
4872 4872 error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
4873 4873
4874 4874 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
4875 4875 "vdev=%s", vdpath);
4876 4876 spa_strfree(vdpath);
4877 4877
4878 4878 /*
4879 4879 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
4880 4880 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
4881 4881 * list of every other pool.
4882 4882 */
4883 4883 if (unspare) {
4884 4884 spa_t *altspa = NULL;
4885 4885
4886 4886 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4887 4887 while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
4888 4888 if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
4889 4889 altspa == spa)
4890 4890 continue;
4891 4891
4892 4892 spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
4893 4893 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4894 4894 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
4895 4895 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4896 4896 spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
4897 4897 }
4898 4898 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4899 4899
4900 4900 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
4901 4901 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
4902 4902 }
4903 4903
4904 4904 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
4905 4905 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4906 4906 spa_close(spa, FTAG);
4907 4907 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4908 4908
4909 4909 return (error);
4910 4910 }
4911 4911
4912 4912 /*
4913 4913 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
4914 4914 */
4915 4915 int
4916 4916 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
4917 4917 nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
4918 4918 {
4919 4919 int error = 0;
4920 4920 uint64_t txg, *glist;
4921 4921 spa_t *newspa;
4922 4922 uint_t c, children, lastlog;
4923 4923 nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
4924 4924 dmu_tx_t *tx;
4925 4925 char *altroot = NULL;
4926 4926 vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL; /* vdev modify list */
4927 4927 boolean_t activate_slog;
4928 4928
4929 4929 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4930 4930
4931 4931 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4932 4932
4933 4933 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
4934 4934 activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
4935 4935 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
4936 4936 error = spa_offline_log(spa);
4937 4937 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
4938 4938
4939 4939 if (activate_slog)
4940 4940 spa_activate_log(spa);
4941 4941
4942 4942 if (error != 0)
4943 4943 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
4944 4944
4945 4945 /* check new spa name before going any further */
4946 4946 if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
4947 4947 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
4948 4948
4949 4949 /*
4950 4950 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
4951 4951 */
4952 4952 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
4953 4953 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
4954 4954 &children) != 0)
4955 4955 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
4956 4956
4957 4957 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
4958 4958 rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4959 4959 lastlog = 0;
4960 4960 for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
4961 4961 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
4962 4962
4963 4963 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
4964 4964 if (vd->vdev_islog || vd->vdev_ishole) {
4965 4965 if (lastlog == 0)
4966 4966 lastlog = c;
4967 4967 continue;
4968 4968 }
4969 4969
4970 4970 lastlog = 0;
4971 4971 }
4972 4972 if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
4973 4973 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
4974 4974
4975 4975 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
4976 4976 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
4977 4977 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
4978 4978 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
4979 4979
4980 4980 vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
4981 4981 glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
4982 4982
4983 4983 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
4984 4984 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
4985 4985 uint64_t is_hole = 0;
4986 4986
4987 4987 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
4988 4988 &is_hole);
4989 4989
4990 4990 if (is_hole != 0) {
4991 4991 if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
4992 4992 spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
4993 4993 continue;
4994 4994 } else {
4995 4995 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4996 4996 break;
4997 4997 }
4998 4998 }
4999 4999
5000 5000 /* which disk is going to be split? */
5001 5001 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5002 5002 &glist[c]) != 0) {
5003 5003 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5004 5004 break;
5005 5005 }
5006 5006
5007 5007 /* look it up in the spa */
5008 5008 vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
5009 5009 if (vml[c] == NULL) {
5010 5010 error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
5011 5011 break;
5012 5012 }
5013 5013
5014 5014 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
5015 5015 if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
5016 5016 vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
5017 5017 vml[c]->vdev_ishole ||
5018 5018 vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
5019 5019 vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
5020 5020 !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
5021 5021 vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
5022 5022 vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
5023 5023 c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
5024 5024 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5025 5025 break;
5026 5026 }
5027 5027
5028 5028 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) {
5029 5029 error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
5030 5030 break;
5031 5031 }
5032 5032
5033 5033 /* we need certain info from the top level */
5034 5034 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
5035 5035 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0);
5036 5036 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
5037 5037 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0);
5038 5038 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
5039 5039 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0);
5040 5040 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
5041 5041 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0);
5042 5042 }
5043 5043
5044 5044 if (error != 0) {
5045 5045 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5046 5046 kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
5047 5047 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5048 5048 }
5049 5049
5050 5050 /* stop writers from using the disks */
5051 5051 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5052 5052 if (vml[c] != NULL)
5053 5053 vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
5054 5054 }
5055 5055 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5056 5056
5057 5057 /*
5058 5058 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
5059 5059 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
5060 5060 */
5061 5061 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5062 5062 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
5063 5063 glist, children) == 0);
5064 5064 kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
5065 5065
5066 5066 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
5067 5067 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
5068 5068 nvl) == 0);
5069 5069 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
5070 5070 spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
5071 5071 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5072 5072
5073 5073 /* configure and create the new pool */
5074 5074 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0);
5075 5075 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
5076 5076 exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0);
5077 5077 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5078 5078 spa_version(spa)) == 0);
5079 5079 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
5080 5080 spa->spa_config_txg) == 0);
5081 5081 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
5082 5082 spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0);
5083 5083 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5084 5084 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
5085 5085
5086 5086 /* add the new pool to the namespace */
5087 5087 newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
5088 5088 newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
5089 5089 spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
5090 5090
5091 5091 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
5092 5092 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5093 5093
5094 5094 if (zio_injection_enabled)
5095 5095 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
5096 5096
5097 5097 spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
5098 5098 spa_async_suspend(newspa);
5099 5099
5100 5100 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
5101 5101 error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE, B_TRUE);
5102 5102 if (error)
5103 5103 goto out;
5104 5104
5105 5105 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
5106 5106 if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
5107 5107 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting,
5108 5108 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5109 5109 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
5110 5110 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0);
5111 5111 spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
5112 5112 B_TRUE));
5113 5113 }
5114 5114
5115 5115 /* set the props */
5116 5116 if (props != NULL) {
5117 5117 spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
5118 5118 error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
5119 5119 if (error)
5120 5120 goto out;
5121 5121 }
5122 5122
5123 5123 /* flush everything */
5124 5124 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
5125 5125 vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
5126 5126 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5127 5127
5128 5128 if (zio_injection_enabled)
5129 5129 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
5130 5130
5131 5131 spa_async_resume(newspa);
5132 5132
5133 5133 /* finally, update the original pool's config */
5134 5134 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5135 5135 tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
5136 5136 error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
5137 5137 if (error != 0)
5138 5138 dmu_tx_abort(tx);
5139 5139 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5140 5140 if (vml[c] != NULL) {
5141 5141 vdev_split(vml[c]);
5142 5142 if (error == 0)
5143 5143 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
5144 5144 "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
5145 5145 vdev_free(vml[c]);
5146 5146 }
5147 5147 }
5148 5148 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5149 5149 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
5150 5150 nvlist_free(nvl);
5151 5151 if (error == 0)
5152 5152 dmu_tx_commit(tx);
5153 5153 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
5154 5154
5155 5155 if (zio_injection_enabled)
5156 5156 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
5157 5157
5158 5158 /* split is complete; log a history record */
5159 5159 spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
5160 5160 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
5161 5161
5162 5162 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5163 5163
5164 5164 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
5165 5165 if (exp)
5166 5166 error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
5167 5167 B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
5168 5168
5169 5169 return (error);
5170 5170
5171 5171 out:
5172 5172 spa_unload(newspa);
5173 5173 spa_deactivate(newspa);
5174 5174 spa_remove(newspa);
5175 5175
5176 5176 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5177 5177
5178 5178 /* re-online all offlined disks */
5179 5179 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5180 5180 if (vml[c] != NULL)
5181 5181 vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
5182 5182 }
5183 5183 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5184 5184
5185 5185 nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
5186 5186 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
5187 5187 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
5188 5188
5189 5189 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5190 5190 return (error);
5191 5191 }
5192 5192
5193 5193 static nvlist_t *
5194 5194 spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(nvlist_t **nvpp, int count, uint64_t target_guid)
5195 5195 {
5196 5196 for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
5197 5197 uint64_t guid;
5198 5198
5199 5199 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvpp[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5200 5200 &guid) == 0);
5201 5201
5202 5202 if (guid == target_guid)
5203 5203 return (nvpp[i]);
5204 5204 }
5205 5205
5206 5206 return (NULL);
5207 5207 }
5208 5208
5209 5209 static void
5210 5210 spa_vdev_remove_aux(nvlist_t *config, char *name, nvlist_t **dev, int count,
5211 5211 nvlist_t *dev_to_remove)
5212 5212 {
5213 5213 nvlist_t **newdev = NULL;
5214 5214
5215 5215 if (count > 1)
5216 5216 newdev = kmem_alloc((count - 1) * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
5217 5217
5218 5218 for (int i = 0, j = 0; i < count; i++) {
5219 5219 if (dev[i] == dev_to_remove)
5220 5220 continue;
5221 5221 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(dev[i], &newdev[j++], KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5222 5222 }
5223 5223
5224 5224 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(config, name, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5225 5225 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(config, name, newdev, count - 1) == 0);
5226 5226
5227 5227 for (int i = 0; i < count - 1; i++)
5228 5228 nvlist_free(newdev[i]);
5229 5229
5230 5230 if (count > 1)
5231 5231 kmem_free(newdev, (count - 1) * sizeof (void *));
5232 5232 }
5233 5233
5234 5234 /*
5235 5235 * Evacuate the device.
5236 5236 */
5237 5237 static int
5238 5238 spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5239 5239 {
5240 5240 uint64_t txg;
5241 5241 int error = 0;
5242 5242
5243 5243 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
5244 5244 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5245 5245 ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5246 5246
5247 5247 /*
5248 5248 * Evacuate the device. We don't hold the config lock as writer
5249 5249 * since we need to do I/O but we do keep the
5250 5250 * spa_namespace_lock held. Once this completes the device
5251 5251 * should no longer have any blocks allocated on it.
5252 5252 */
5253 5253 if (vd->vdev_islog) {
5254 5254 if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
5255 5255 error = spa_offline_log(spa);
5256 5256 } else {
5257 5257 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
5258 5258 }
5259 5259
5260 5260 if (error)
5261 5261 return (error);
5262 5262
5263 5263 /*
5264 5264 * The evacuation succeeded. Remove any remaining MOS metadata
5265 5265 * associated with this vdev, and wait for these changes to sync.
5266 5266 */
5267 5267 ASSERT0(vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc);
5268 5268 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5269 5269 vd->vdev_removing = B_TRUE;
5270 5270 vdev_dirty_leaves(vd, VDD_DTL, txg);
5271 5271 vdev_config_dirty(vd);
5272 5272 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5273 5273
5274 5274 return (0);
5275 5275 }
5276 5276
5277 5277 /*
5278 5278 * Complete the removal by cleaning up the namespace.
5279 5279 */
5280 5280 static void
5281 5281 spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5282 5282 {
5283 5283 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5284 5284 uint64_t id = vd->vdev_id;
5285 5285 boolean_t last_vdev = (id == (rvd->vdev_children - 1));
5286 5286
5287 5287 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
5288 5288 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
5289 5289 ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5290 5290
5291 5291 /*
5292 5292 * Only remove any devices which are empty.
5293 5293 */
5294 5294 if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
5295 5295 return;
5296 5296
5297 5297 (void) vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
5298 5298
5299 5299 if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_state_dirty_node))
5300 5300 vdev_state_clean(vd);
5301 5301 if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_config_dirty_node))
5302 5302 vdev_config_clean(vd);
5303 5303
5304 5304 vdev_free(vd);
5305 5305
5306 5306 if (last_vdev) {
5307 5307 vdev_compact_children(rvd);
5308 5308 } else {
5309 5309 vd = vdev_alloc_common(spa, id, 0, &vdev_hole_ops);
5310 5310 vdev_add_child(rvd, vd);
5311 5311 }
5312 5312 vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
5313 5313
5314 5314 /*
5315 5315 * Reassess the health of our root vdev.
5316 5316 */
5317 5317 vdev_reopen(rvd);
5318 5318 }
5319 5319
5320 5320 /*
5321 5321 * Remove a device from the pool -
5322 5322 *
5323 5323 * Removing a device from the vdev namespace requires several steps
5324 5324 * and can take a significant amount of time. As a result we use
5325 5325 * the spa_vdev_config_[enter/exit] functions which allow us to
5326 5326 * grab and release the spa_config_lock while still holding the namespace
5327 5327 * lock. During each step the configuration is synced out.
5328 5328 *
5329 5329 * Currently, this supports removing only hot spares, slogs, and level 2 ARC
5330 5330 * devices.
5331 5331 */
5332 5332 int
5333 5333 spa_vdev_remove(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t unspare)
5334 5334 {
5335 5335 vdev_t *vd;
5336 5336 metaslab_group_t *mg;
5337 5337 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache, *nv;
5338 5338 uint64_t txg = 0;
5339 5339 uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5340 5340 int error = 0;
5341 5341 boolean_t locked = MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock);
5342 5342
5343 5343 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5344 5344
5345 5345 if (!locked)
5346 5346 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5347 5347
5348 5348 vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
5349 5349
5350 5350 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
5351 5351 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5352 5352 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0 &&
5353 5353 (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(spares, nspares, guid)) != NULL) {
5354 5354 /*
5355 5355 * Only remove the hot spare if it's not currently in use
5356 5356 * in this pool.
5357 5357 */
5358 5358 if (vd == NULL || unspare) {
5359 5359 spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5360 5360 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares, nv);
5361 5361 spa_load_spares(spa);
5362 5362 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5363 5363 } else {
5364 5364 error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
5365 5365 }
5366 5366 } else if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
5367 5367 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5368 5368 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0 &&
5369 5369 (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(l2cache, nl2cache, guid)) != NULL) {
5370 5370 /*
5371 5371 * Cache devices can always be removed.
5372 5372 */
5373 5373 spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5374 5374 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache, nv);
5375 5375 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5376 5376 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5377 5377 } else if (vd != NULL && vd->vdev_islog) {
5378 5378 ASSERT(!locked);
5379 5379 ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5380 5380
5381 5381 mg = vd->vdev_mg;
5382 5382
5383 5383 /*
5384 5384 * Stop allocating from this vdev.
5385 5385 */
5386 5386 metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
5387 5387
5388 5388 /*
5389 5389 * Wait for the youngest allocations and frees to sync,
5390 5390 * and then wait for the deferral of those frees to finish.
5391 5391 */
5392 5392 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL,
5393 5393 txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES + TXG_DEFER_SIZE, 0, FTAG);
5394 5394
5395 5395 /*
5396 5396 * Attempt to evacuate the vdev.
5397 5397 */
5398 5398 error = spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa, vd);
5399 5399
5400 5400 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5401 5401
5402 5402 /*
5403 5403 * If we couldn't evacuate the vdev, unwind.
5404 5404 */
5405 5405 if (error) {
5406 5406 metaslab_group_activate(mg);
5407 5407 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5408 5408 }
5409 5409
5410 5410 /*
5411 5411 * Clean up the vdev namespace.
5412 5412 */
5413 5413 spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa, vd);
5414 5414
5415 5415 } else if (vd != NULL) {
5416 5416 /*
5417 5417 * Normal vdevs cannot be removed (yet).
5418 5418 */
5419 5419 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
5420 5420 } else {
5421 5421 /*
5422 5422 * There is no vdev of any kind with the specified guid.
5423 5423 */
5424 5424 error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
5425 5425 }
5426 5426
5427 5427 if (!locked)
5428 5428 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5429 5429
5430 5430 return (error);
5431 5431 }
5432 5432
5433 5433 /*
5434 5434 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
5435 5435 * currently spared, so we can detach it.
5436 5436 */
5437 5437 static vdev_t *
5438 5438 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
5439 5439 {
5440 5440 vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
5441 5441
5442 5442 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5443 5443 oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
5444 5444 if (oldvd != NULL)
5445 5445 return (oldvd);
5446 5446 }
5447 5447
5448 5448 /*
5449 5449 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
5450 5450 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
5451 5451 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
5452 5452 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
5453 5453 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
5454 5454 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
5455 5455 */
5456 5456 if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
5457 5457 ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
5458 5458
5459 5459 newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
5460 5460 oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
5461 5461
5462 5462 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
5463 5463 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5464 5464 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
5465 5465 return (oldvd);
5466 5466 }
5467 5467
5468 5468 /*
5469 5469 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
5470 5470 */
5471 5471 if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
5472 5472 vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
5473 5473 vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
5474 5474
5475 5475 if (last->vdev_unspare) {
5476 5476 oldvd = first;
5477 5477 newvd = last;
5478 5478 } else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
5479 5479 oldvd = last;
5480 5480 newvd = first;
5481 5481 } else {
5482 5482 oldvd = NULL;
5483 5483 }
5484 5484
5485 5485 if (oldvd != NULL &&
5486 5486 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
5487 5487 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5488 5488 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
5489 5489 return (oldvd);
5490 5490
5491 5491 /*
5492 5492 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
5493 5493 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
5494 5494 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
5495 5495 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
5496 5496 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
5497 5497 */
5498 5498 if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
5499 5499 newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
5500 5500
5501 5501 if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
5502 5502 vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
5503 5503 vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5504 5504 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
5505 5505 return (newvd);
5506 5506 }
5507 5507 }
5508 5508
5509 5509 return (NULL);
5510 5510 }
5511 5511
5512 5512 static void
5513 5513 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
5514 5514 {
5515 5515 vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
5516 5516 uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
5517 5517
5518 5518 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5519 5519
5520 5520 while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
5521 5521 pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
5522 5522 ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
5523 5523 guid = vd->vdev_guid;
5524 5524 pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
5525 5525 ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
5526 5526 sguid = 0;
5527 5527 /*
5528 5528 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
5529 5529 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
5530 5530 * spare) as well.
5531 5531 */
5532 5532 if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
5533 5533 ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
5534 5534 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
5535 5535 sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
5536 5536 }
5537 5537 ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd));
5538 5538
5539 5539 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5540 5540 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
5541 5541 return;
5542 5542 if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
5543 5543 return;
5544 5544 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5545 5545 }
5546 5546
5547 5547 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5548 5548 }
5549 5549
5550 5550 /*
5551 5551 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
5552 5552 */
5553 5553 int
5554 5554 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
5555 5555 boolean_t ispath)
5556 5556 {
5557 5557 vdev_t *vd;
5558 5558 boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
5559 5559
5560 5560 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5561 5561
5562 5562 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
5563 5563
5564 5564 if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
5565 5565 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
5566 5566
5567 5567 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
5568 5568 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
5569 5569
5570 5570 if (ispath) {
5571 5571 if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
5572 5572 spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
5573 5573 vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
5574 5574 sync = B_TRUE;
5575 5575 }
5576 5576 } else {
5577 5577 if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
5578 5578 vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
5579 5579 sync = B_TRUE;
5580 5580 } else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
5581 5581 spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
5582 5582 vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
5583 5583 sync = B_TRUE;
5584 5584 }
5585 5585 }
5586 5586
5587 5587 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
5588 5588 }
5589 5589
5590 5590 int
5591 5591 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
5592 5592 {
5593 5593 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
5594 5594 }
5595 5595
5596 5596 int
5597 5597 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
5598 5598 {
5599 5599 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
5600 5600 }
5601 5601
5602 5602 /*
5603 5603 * ==========================================================================
5604 5604 * SPA Scanning
5605 5605 * ==========================================================================
5606 5606 */
5607 5607
5608 5608 int
5609 5609 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
5610 5610 {
5611 5611 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5612 5612 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
5613 5613 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
5614 5614 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
5615 5615 }
5616 5616
5617 5617 int
5618 5618 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
5619 5619 {
5620 5620 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5621 5621
5622 5622 if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
5623 5623 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
5624 5624
5625 5625 /*
5626 5626 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
5627 5627 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
5628 5628 */
5629 5629 if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
5630 5630 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
5631 5631 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
5632 5632 return (0);
5633 5633 }
5634 5634
5635 5635 return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
5636 5636 }
5637 5637
5638 5638 /*
5639 5639 * ==========================================================================
5640 5640 * SPA async task processing
5641 5641 * ==========================================================================
5642 5642 */
5643 5643
5644 5644 static void
5645 5645 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5646 5646 {
5647 5647 if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
5648 5648 vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
5649 5649 vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
5650 5650 vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
5651 5651
5652 5652 /*
5653 5653 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
5654 5654 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
5655 5655 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
5656 5656 * device, all of which is a waste.
5657 5657 */
5658 5658 vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
5659 5659 vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
5660 5660 vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
5661 5661
5662 5662 vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
5663 5663 }
5664 5664
5665 5665 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
5666 5666 spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
5667 5667 }
5668 5668
5669 5669 static void
5670 5670 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5671 5671 {
5672 5672 if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
5673 5673 vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
5674 5674 vdev_reopen(vd); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
5675 5675 }
5676 5676
5677 5677 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
5678 5678 spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
5679 5679 }
5680 5680
5681 5681 static void
5682 5682 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5683 5683 {
5684 5684 sysevent_id_t eid;
5685 5685 nvlist_t *attr;
5686 5686 char *physpath;
5687 5687
5688 5688 if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
5689 5689 return;
5690 5690
5691 5691 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5692 5692 vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
5693 5693 spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
5694 5694 }
5695 5695
5696 5696 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
5697 5697 return;
5698 5698
5699 5699 physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
5700 5700 (void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath);
5701 5701
5702 5702 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&attr, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5703 5703 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(attr, DEV_PHYS_PATH, physpath) == 0);
5704 5704
5705 5705 (void) ddi_log_sysevent(zfs_dip, SUNW_VENDOR, EC_DEV_STATUS,
5706 5706 ESC_DEV_DLE, attr, &eid, DDI_SLEEP);
5707 5707
5708 5708 nvlist_free(attr);
5709 5709 kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN);
5710 5710 }
5711 5711
5712 5712 static void
5713 5713 spa_async_thread(spa_t *spa)
5714 5714 {
5715 5715 int tasks;
5716 5716
5717 5717 ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
5718 5718
5719 5719 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5720 5720 tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
5721 5721 spa->spa_async_tasks = 0;
5722 5722 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5723 5723
5724 5724 /*
5725 5725 * See if the config needs to be updated.
5726 5726 */
5727 5727 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
5728 5728 uint64_t old_space, new_space;
5729 5729
5730 5730 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5731 5731 old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
5732 5732 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
5733 5733 new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
5734 5734 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5735 5735
5736 5736 /*
5737 5737 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
5738 5738 * then log an internal history event.
5739 5739 */
5740 5740 if (new_space != old_space) {
5741 5741 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
5742 5742 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
5743 5743 spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space);
5744 5744 }
5745 5745 }
5746 5746
5747 5747 /*
5748 5748 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
5749 5749 */
5750 5750 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
5751 5751 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
5752 5752 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
5753 5753 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
5754 5754 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
5755 5755 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
5756 5756 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
5757 5757 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
5758 5758 }
5759 5759
5760 5760 if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
5761 5761 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
5762 5762 spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
5763 5763 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
5764 5764 }
5765 5765
5766 5766 /*
5767 5767 * See if any devices need to be probed.
5768 5768 */
5769 5769 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
5770 5770 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
5771 5771 spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
5772 5772 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
5773 5773 }
5774 5774
5775 5775 /*
5776 5776 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
5777 5777 */
5778 5778 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE)
5779 5779 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
5780 5780
5781 5781 /*
5782 5782 * Kick off a resilver.
5783 5783 */
5784 5784 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER)
5785 5785 dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
5786 5786
5787 5787 /*
5788 5788 * Let the world know that we're done.
5789 5789 */
5790 5790 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5791 5791 spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
5792 5792 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
5793 5793 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5794 5794 thread_exit();
5795 5795 }
5796 5796
5797 5797 void
5798 5798 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
5799 5799 {
5800 5800 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5801 5801 spa->spa_async_suspended++;
5802 5802 while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL)
5803 5803 cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
5804 5804 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5805 5805 }
5806 5806
5807 5807 void
5808 5808 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
5809 5809 {
5810 5810 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5811 5811 ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
5812 5812 spa->spa_async_suspended--;
5813 5813 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5814 5814 }
5815 5815
5816 5816 static boolean_t
5817 5817 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa)
5818 5818 {
5819 5819 uint_t non_config_tasks;
5820 5820 uint_t config_task;
5821 5821 boolean_t config_task_suspended;
5822 5822
5823 5823 non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
5824 5824 config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
5825 5825 if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) {
5826 5826 config_task_suspended = B_FALSE;
5827 5827 } else {
5828 5828 config_task_suspended =
5829 5829 (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) <
5830 5830 (zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC);
5831 5831 }
5832 5832
5833 5833 return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended));
5834 5834 }
5835 5835
5836 5836 static void
5837 5837 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
5838 5838 {
5839 5839 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5840 5840 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) &&
5841 5841 !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
5842 5842 spa->spa_async_thread == NULL &&
5843 5843 rootdir != NULL)
5844 5844 spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
5845 5845 spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
5846 5846 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5847 5847 }
5848 5848
5849 5849 void
5850 5850 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
5851 5851 {
5852 5852 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
5853 5853 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5854 5854 spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
5855 5855 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5856 5856 }
5857 5857
5858 5858 /*
5859 5859 * ==========================================================================
5860 5860 * SPA syncing routines
5861 5861 * ==========================================================================
5862 5862 */
5863 5863
5864 5864 static int
5865 5865 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5866 5866 {
5867 5867 bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
5868 5868 bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx);
5869 5869 return (0);
5870 5870 }
5871 5871
5872 5872 static int
5873 5873 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5874 5874 {
5875 5875 zio_t *zio = arg;
5876 5876
5877 5877 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
5878 5878 zio->io_flags));
5879 5879 return (0);
5880 5880 }
5881 5881
5882 5882 /*
5883 5883 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
5884 5884 * amount of time spent syncing frees.
5885 5885 */
5886 5886 static void
5887 5887 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5888 5888 {
5889 5889 zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
5890 5890 bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx);
5891 5891 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
5892 5892 }
5893 5893
5894 5894 /*
5895 5895 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
5896 5896 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
5897 5897 */
5898 5898 static void
5899 5899 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5900 5900 {
5901 5901 zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
5902 5902 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
5903 5903 spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
5904 5904 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
5905 5905 }
5906 5906
5907 5907
5908 5908 static void
5909 5909 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5910 5910 {
5911 5911 char *packed = NULL;
5912 5912 size_t bufsize;
5913 5913 size_t nvsize = 0;
5914 5914 dmu_buf_t *db;
5915 5915
5916 5916 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
5917 5917
5918 5918 /*
5919 5919 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
5920 5920 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
5921 5921 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
5922 5922 */
5923 5923 bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
5924 5924 packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
5925 5925
5926 5926 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
5927 5927 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5928 5928 bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
5929 5929
5930 5930 dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
5931 5931
5932 5932 kmem_free(packed, bufsize);
5933 5933
5934 5934 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
5935 5935 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
5936 5936 *(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
5937 5937 dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
5938 5938 }
5939 5939
5940 5940 static void
5941 5941 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
5942 5942 const char *config, const char *entry)
5943 5943 {
5944 5944 nvlist_t *nvroot;
5945 5945 nvlist_t **list;
5946 5946 int i;
5947 5947
5948 5948 if (!sav->sav_sync)
5949 5949 return;
5950 5950
5951 5951 /*
5952 5952 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
5953 5953 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
5954 5954 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
5955 5955 */
5956 5956 if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
5957 5957 sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5958 5958 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
5959 5959 sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
5960 5960 VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5961 5961 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
5962 5962 &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
5963 5963 }
5964 5964
5965 5965 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5966 5966 if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
5967 5967 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0);
5968 5968 } else {
5969 5969 list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
5970 5970 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
5971 5971 list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
5972 5972 B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
5973 5973 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list,
5974 5974 sav->sav_count) == 0);
5975 5975 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
5976 5976 nvlist_free(list[i]);
5977 5977 kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
5978 5978 }
5979 5979
5980 5980 spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
5981 5981 nvlist_free(nvroot);
5982 5982
5983 5983 sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
5984 5984 }
5985 5985
5986 5986 static void
5987 5987 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5988 5988 {
5989 5989 nvlist_t *config;
5990 5990
5991 5991 if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list))
5992 5992 return;
5993 5993
5994 5994 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
5995 5995
5996 5996 config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
5997 5997 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
5998 5998
|
↓ open down ↓ |
5998 lines elided |
↑ open up ↑ |
5999 5999 /*
6000 6000 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
6001 6001 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
6002 6002 */
6003 6003 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
6004 6004 fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
6005 6005 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
6006 6006
6007 6007 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6008 6008
6009 - if (spa->spa_config_syncing)
6010 - nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
6009 + nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
6011 6010 spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
6012 6011
6013 6012 spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
6014 6013 }
6015 6014
6016 6015 static void
6017 6016 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6018 6017 {
6019 6018 uint64_t *versionp = arg;
6020 6019 uint64_t version = *versionp;
6021 6020 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
6022 6021
6023 6022 /*
6024 6023 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
6025 6024 */
6026 6025 ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
6027 6026
6028 6027 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
6029 6028 ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
6030 6029
6031 6030 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
6032 6031 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6033 6032 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version);
6034 6033 }
6035 6034
6036 6035 /*
6037 6036 * Set zpool properties.
6038 6037 */
6039 6038 static void
6040 6039 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6041 6040 {
6042 6041 nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
6043 6042 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
6044 6043 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
6045 6044 nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
6046 6045
6047 6046 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6048 6047
6049 6048 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
6050 6049 uint64_t intval;
6051 6050 char *strval, *fname;
6052 6051 zpool_prop_t prop;
6053 6052 const char *propname;
6054 6053 zprop_type_t proptype;
6055 6054 spa_feature_t fid;
6056 6055
6057 6056 switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
6058 6057 case ZPROP_INVAL:
6059 6058 /*
6060 6059 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
6061 6060 */
6062 6061 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
6063 6062
6064 6063 fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
6065 6064 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid));
6066 6065
6067 6066 spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx);
6068 6067 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6069 6068 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
6070 6069 break;
6071 6070
6072 6071 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
6073 6072 intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
6074 6073 /*
6075 6074 * The version is synced seperatly before other
6076 6075 * properties and should be correct by now.
6077 6076 */
6078 6077 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
6079 6078 break;
6080 6079
6081 6080 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
6082 6081 /*
6083 6082 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
6084 6083 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
6085 6084 */
6086 6085 ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
6087 6086 break;
6088 6087
6089 6088 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
6090 6089 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
6091 6090 /*
6092 6091 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent
6093 6092 * properties.
6094 6093 */
6095 6094 break;
6096 6095 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
6097 6096 strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
6098 6097 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
6099 6098 spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
6100 6099 spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
6101 6100 /*
6102 6101 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
6103 6102 * so that their labels get updated. It's unnecessary
6104 6103 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
6105 6104 * configuratoin has already been dirtied.
6106 6105 */
6107 6106 if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
6108 6107 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6109 6108 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6110 6109 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
6111 6110 break;
6112 6111 default:
6113 6112 /*
6114 6113 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
6115 6114 */
6116 6115 if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
6117 6116 spa->spa_pool_props_object =
6118 6117 zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
6119 6118 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
6120 6119 tx);
6121 6120 }
6122 6121
6123 6122 /* normalize the property name */
6124 6123 propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
6125 6124 proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
6126 6125
6127 6126 if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
6128 6127 ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
6129 6128 strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
6130 6129 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
6131 6130 spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
6132 6131 1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx));
6133 6132 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6134 6133 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
6135 6134 } else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
6136 6135 intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
6137 6136
6138 6137 if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
6139 6138 const char *unused;
6140 6139 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
6141 6140 prop, intval, &unused));
6142 6141 }
6143 6142 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
6144 6143 spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
6145 6144 8, 1, &intval, tx));
6146 6145 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6147 6146 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval);
6148 6147 } else {
6149 6148 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
6150 6149 }
6151 6150
6152 6151 switch (prop) {
6153 6152 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
6154 6153 spa->spa_delegation = intval;
6155 6154 break;
6156 6155 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
6157 6156 spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
6158 6157 break;
6159 6158 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
6160 6159 spa->spa_failmode = intval;
6161 6160 break;
6162 6161 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
6163 6162 spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
6164 6163 if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
6165 6164 spa_async_request(spa,
6166 6165 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
6167 6166 break;
6168 6167 case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
6169 6168 spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval;
6170 6169 break;
6171 6170 default:
6172 6171 break;
6173 6172 }
6174 6173 }
6175 6174
6176 6175 }
6177 6176
6178 6177 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6179 6178 }
6180 6179
6181 6180 /*
6182 6181 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
6183 6182 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
6184 6183 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
6185 6184 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
6186 6185 * tasks.
6187 6186 */
6188 6187 static void
6189 6188 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6190 6189 {
6191 6190 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
6192 6191
6193 6192 ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_pass == 1);
6194 6193
6195 6194 rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
6196 6195
6197 6196 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
6198 6197 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
6199 6198 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
6200 6199
6201 6200 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
6202 6201 spa->spa_minref += 3;
6203 6202 }
6204 6203
6205 6204 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
6206 6205 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
6207 6206 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
6208 6207 }
6209 6208
6210 6209 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
6211 6210 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
6212 6211 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
6213 6212
6214 6213 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
6215 6214 spa->spa_minref += 3;
6216 6215 }
6217 6216
6218 6217 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
6219 6218 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
6220 6219 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
6221 6220 }
6222 6221
6223 6222 /*
6224 6223 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
6225 6224 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
6226 6225 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
6227 6226 * this feature active
6228 6227 */
6229 6228 if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
6230 6229 boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa,
6231 6230 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
6232 6231 boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa,
6233 6232 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
6234 6233
6235 6234 if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac)
6236 6235 spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx);
6237 6236 }
6238 6237
6239 6238 /*
6240 6239 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the
6241 6240 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
6242 6241 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
6243 6242 */
6244 6243 if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
6245 6244 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) {
6246 6245 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6247 6246 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
6248 6247 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
6249 6248 spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx));
6250 6249 }
6251 6250
6252 6251 rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
6253 6252 }
6254 6253
6255 6254 /*
6256 6255 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
6257 6256 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
6258 6257 */
6259 6258 void
6260 6259 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
6261 6260 {
6262 6261 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
6263 6262 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
6264 6263 bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
6265 6264 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6266 6265 vdev_t *vd;
6267 6266 dmu_tx_t *tx;
6268 6267 int error;
6269 6268
6270 6269 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
6271 6270
6272 6271 /*
6273 6272 * Lock out configuration changes.
6274 6273 */
6275 6274 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
6276 6275
6277 6276 spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
6278 6277 spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
6279 6278
6280 6279 /*
6281 6280 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
6282 6281 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
6283 6282 */
6284 6283 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6285 6284 while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
6286 6285 /*
6287 6286 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
6288 6287 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
6289 6288 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
6290 6289 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
6291 6290 * into the root vdev tree.
6292 6291 */
6293 6292 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6294 6293 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6295 6294 while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
6296 6295 vdev_state_clean(vd);
6297 6296 vdev_config_dirty(vd);
6298 6297 }
6299 6298 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6300 6299 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6301 6300 }
6302 6301 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6303 6302
6304 6303 tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
6305 6304
6306 6305 spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
6307 6306 VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
6308 6307 spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
6309 6308
6310 6309 /*
6311 6310 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
6312 6311 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
6313 6312 */
6314 6313 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
6315 6314 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
6316 6315 int i;
6317 6316
6318 6317 for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
6319 6318 vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
6320 6319 if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
6321 6320 break;
6322 6321 }
6323 6322 if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
6324 6323 spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
6325 6324 VERIFY(0 == zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6326 6325 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
6327 6326 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
6328 6327 }
6329 6328 }
6330 6329
6331 6330 /*
6332 6331 * Iterate to convergence.
6333 6332 */
6334 6333 do {
6335 6334 int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
6336 6335
6337 6336 spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
6338 6337 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
6339 6338 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
6340 6339 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
6341 6340 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
6342 6341 spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
6343 6342 dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
6344 6343
6345 6344 if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free) {
6346 6345 spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx);
6347 6346 } else {
6348 6347 /*
6349 6348 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
6350 6349 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
6351 6350 */
6352 6351 ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1);
6353 6352 bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb,
6354 6353 &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx);
6355 6354 }
6356 6355
6357 6356 ddt_sync(spa, txg);
6358 6357 dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
6359 6358
6360 6359 while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
6361 6360 vdev_sync(vd, txg);
6362 6361
6363 6362 if (pass == 1) {
6364 6363 spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
6365 6364 ASSERT3U(txg, >=,
6366 6365 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth);
6367 6366 /*
6368 6367 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty
6369 6368 * because we could have marked the MOS dirty
6370 6369 * without updating the uberblock (e.g. if we
6371 6370 * have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We
6372 6371 * need to check the uberblock's rootbp because
6373 6372 * it is updated if we have synced out dirty
6374 6373 * data (though in this case the MOS will most
6375 6374 * likely also be dirty due to second order
6376 6375 * effects, we don't want to rely on that here).
6377 6376 */
6378 6377 if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg &&
6379 6378 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) {
6380 6379 /*
6381 6380 * Nothing changed on the first pass,
6382 6381 * therefore this TXG is a no-op. Avoid
6383 6382 * syncing deferred frees, so that we
6384 6383 * can keep this TXG as a no-op.
6385 6384 */
6386 6385 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets,
6387 6386 txg));
6388 6387 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
6389 6388 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg));
6390 6389 break;
6391 6390 }
6392 6391 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx);
6393 6392 }
6394 6393
6395 6394 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
6396 6395
6397 6396 /*
6398 6397 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock)
6399 6398 * to commit the transaction group.
6400 6399 *
6401 6400 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few
6402 6401 * random top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the
6403 6402 * config cache (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description).
6404 6403 * If there *are* dirty vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
6405 6404 */
6406 6405 for (;;) {
6407 6406 /*
6408 6407 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
6409 6408 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
6410 6409 */
6411 6410 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6412 6411
6413 6412 if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
6414 6413 vdev_t *svd[SPA_DVAS_PER_BP];
6415 6414 int svdcount = 0;
6416 6415 int children = rvd->vdev_children;
6417 6416 int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
6418 6417
6419 6418 for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6420 6419 vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
6421 6420 if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog)
6422 6421 continue;
6423 6422 svd[svdcount++] = vd;
6424 6423 if (svdcount == SPA_DVAS_PER_BP)
6425 6424 break;
6426 6425 }
6427 6426 error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg);
6428 6427 } else {
6429 6428 error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
6430 6429 rvd->vdev_children, txg);
6431 6430 }
6432 6431
6433 6432 if (error == 0)
6434 6433 spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
6435 6434
6436 6435 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6437 6436
6438 6437 if (error == 0)
6439 6438 break;
6440 6439 zio_suspend(spa, NULL);
6441 6440 zio_resume_wait(spa);
6442 6441 }
6443 6442 dmu_tx_commit(tx);
6444 6443
6445 6444 VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY));
6446 6445
6447 6446 /*
6448 6447 * Clear the dirty config list.
6449 6448 */
6450 6449 while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
6451 6450 vdev_config_clean(vd);
6452 6451
6453 6452 /*
6454 6453 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
6455 6454 * let it become visible to the config cache.
6456 6455 */
6457 6456 if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
6458 6457 spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
6459 6458 spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
6460 6459 spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
6461 6460 }
6462 6461
6463 6462 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
6464 6463
6465 6464 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
6466 6465
6467 6466 /*
6468 6467 * Update usable space statistics.
6469 6468 */
6470 6469 while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
6471 6470 vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
6472 6471
6473 6472 spa_update_dspace(spa);
6474 6473
6475 6474 /*
6476 6475 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
6477 6476 * since vdev_config_sync().
6478 6477 */
6479 6478 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
6480 6479 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
6481 6480 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
6482 6481
6483 6482 spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
6484 6483
6485 6484 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
6486 6485
6487 6486 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
6488 6487
6489 6488 /*
6490 6489 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
6491 6490 */
6492 6491 spa_async_dispatch(spa);
6493 6492 }
6494 6493
6495 6494 /*
6496 6495 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
6497 6496 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
6498 6497 * sync.
6499 6498 */
6500 6499 void
6501 6500 spa_sync_allpools(void)
6502 6501 {
6503 6502 spa_t *spa = NULL;
6504 6503 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6505 6504 while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
6506 6505 if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
6507 6506 !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
6508 6507 continue;
6509 6508 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6510 6509 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6511 6510 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
6512 6511 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6513 6512 spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6514 6513 }
6515 6514 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6516 6515 }
6517 6516
6518 6517 /*
6519 6518 * ==========================================================================
6520 6519 * Miscellaneous routines
6521 6520 * ==========================================================================
6522 6521 */
6523 6522
6524 6523 /*
6525 6524 * Remove all pools in the system.
6526 6525 */
6527 6526 void
6528 6527 spa_evict_all(void)
6529 6528 {
6530 6529 spa_t *spa;
6531 6530
6532 6531 /*
6533 6532 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
6534 6533 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
6535 6534 */
6536 6535 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6537 6536 while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
6538 6537 /*
6539 6538 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
6540 6539 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
6541 6540 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
6542 6541 */
6543 6542 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6544 6543 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6545 6544 spa_async_suspend(spa);
6546 6545 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6547 6546 spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6548 6547
6549 6548 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
6550 6549 spa_unload(spa);
6551 6550 spa_deactivate(spa);
6552 6551 }
6553 6552 spa_remove(spa);
6554 6553 }
6555 6554 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6556 6555 }
6557 6556
6558 6557 vdev_t *
6559 6558 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
6560 6559 {
6561 6560 vdev_t *vd;
6562 6561 int i;
6563 6562
6564 6563 if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
6565 6564 return (vd);
6566 6565
6567 6566 if (aux) {
6568 6567 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
6569 6568 vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
6570 6569 if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
6571 6570 return (vd);
6572 6571 }
6573 6572
6574 6573 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
6575 6574 vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
6576 6575 if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
6577 6576 return (vd);
6578 6577 }
6579 6578 }
6580 6579
6581 6580 return (NULL);
6582 6581 }
6583 6582
6584 6583 void
6585 6584 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
6586 6585 {
6587 6586 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6588 6587
6589 6588 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6590 6589
6591 6590 /*
6592 6591 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
6593 6592 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
6594 6593 * possible.
6595 6594 */
6596 6595 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
6597 6596 ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
6598 6597
6599 6598 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
6600 6599 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6601 6600
6602 6601 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6603 6602
6604 6603 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
6605 6604 }
6606 6605
6607 6606 boolean_t
6608 6607 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
6609 6608 {
6610 6609 int i;
6611 6610 uint64_t spareguid;
6612 6611 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
6613 6612
6614 6613 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
6615 6614 if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
6616 6615 return (B_TRUE);
6617 6616
6618 6617 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
6619 6618 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
6620 6619 &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
6621 6620 return (B_TRUE);
6622 6621 }
6623 6622
6624 6623 return (B_FALSE);
6625 6624 }
6626 6625
6627 6626 /*
6628 6627 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
6629 6628 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
6630 6629 */
6631 6630 static boolean_t
6632 6631 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
6633 6632 {
6634 6633 int i, refcnt;
6635 6634 uint64_t pool;
6636 6635 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
6637 6636
6638 6637 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
6639 6638 if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
6640 6639 &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
6641 6640 refcnt > 2)
6642 6641 return (B_TRUE);
6643 6642 }
6644 6643
6645 6644 return (B_FALSE);
6646 6645 }
6647 6646
6648 6647 /*
6649 6648 * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event. The 'name' must be one of
6650 6649 * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
6651 6650 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
6652 6651 * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
6653 6652 * or zdb as real changes.
6654 6653 */
6655 6654 void
6656 6655 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name)
6657 6656 {
6658 6657 #ifdef _KERNEL
6659 6658 sysevent_t *ev;
6660 6659 sysevent_attr_list_t *attr = NULL;
6661 6660 sysevent_value_t value;
6662 6661 sysevent_id_t eid;
6663 6662
6664 6663 ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs",
6665 6664 SE_SLEEP);
6666 6665
6667 6666 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
6668 6667 value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa);
6669 6668 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
6670 6669 goto done;
6671 6670
6672 6671 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
6673 6672 value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa);
6674 6673 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
6675 6674 goto done;
6676 6675
6677 6676 if (vd) {
6678 6677 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
6679 6678 value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid;
6680 6679 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value,
6681 6680 SE_SLEEP) != 0)
6682 6681 goto done;
6683 6682
6684 6683 if (vd->vdev_path) {
6685 6684 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
6686 6685 value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path;
6687 6686 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH,
6688 6687 &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
6689 6688 goto done;
6690 6689 }
6691 6690 }
6692 6691
6693 6692 if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0)
6694 6693 goto done;
6695 6694 attr = NULL;
6696 6695
6697 6696 (void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid);
6698 6697
6699 6698 done:
6700 6699 if (attr)
6701 6700 sysevent_free_attr(attr);
6702 6701 sysevent_free(ev);
6703 6702 #endif
6704 6703 }
|
↓ open down ↓ |
684 lines elided |
↑ open up ↑ |
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX